[go: up one dir, main page]

HK1222183B - Elucidation of ion exchange chromatography input optimization - Google Patents

Elucidation of ion exchange chromatography input optimization

Info

Publication number
HK1222183B
HK1222183B HK16110304.2A HK16110304A HK1222183B HK 1222183 B HK1222183 B HK 1222183B HK 16110304 A HK16110304 A HK 16110304A HK 1222183 B HK1222183 B HK 1222183B
Authority
HK
Hong Kong
Prior art keywords
polypeptide
antibody
buffer
contaminants
chromatography
Prior art date
Application number
HK16110304.2A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Other versions
HK1222183A1 (en
Inventor
Daniel Mcdonald
Thomas PATAPOFF
Yajun Wang
Original Assignee
F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag filed Critical F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag
Priority claimed from PCT/US2014/046338 external-priority patent/WO2015006686A1/en
Publication of HK1222183A1 publication Critical patent/HK1222183A1/en
Publication of HK1222183B publication Critical patent/HK1222183B/en

Links

Description

阐明离子交换层析输入优化Elucidating ion exchange chromatography input optimization

相关申请的交叉引用CROSS-REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS

本申请要求2013年7月12日提交的美国临时专利申请号61/845,890的优先权,所述文献的公开内容在此通过引用方式完整并入本文。This application claims priority to U.S. Provisional Patent Application No. 61/845,890, filed July 12, 2013, the disclosure of which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety.

发明领域Field of the Invention

本发明提供用于使用离子强度梯度离子交换层析分析多肽制备物的蛋白质电荷变体的方法。The present invention provides methods for analyzing protein charge variants in polypeptide preparations using ionic strength gradient ion exchange chromatography.

发明背景Background of the Invention

在水性环境中,蛋白质如单克隆抗体(mAb)在表面具有大量带电荷和极性的氨基酸(Barlow,DJ和Thornton,JM(1986)Biopolymers25:1717)。因为分子与溶液组分相互作用,表面残基可以经历多种化学修饰和酶促修饰,产生其表面静电存在轻微差异的蛋白质变体不均匀混合物(Dick,LW等人,(2009)J.Chromatogr.B 877:3841;Liu,HW等人,(2008)Rapid Commun.Mass Spectrom.22:4081;Miller,AK等人,(2011)J.Pharm.Sci.100:2543;Wang,WR等人,(2011)Mol.Immunol.48:860)。根据Vlasak,J和Ionescu,R的最新综述(2008Curr.Pharm.Biotechnol.9:468),将阳离子交换层析(CEC)视为剖析蛋白质治疗药的电荷异质性的金标准。监管机构一般要求这种电荷灵敏的分离方法确保制造期间的生产一致性并监测蛋白质治疗药的降解水平(Miller,AK,等人,(2011)J.Pharm.Sci.100:2543;He,XPZ(2009)Electrophoresis 30:714;Sosic,Z等人,(2008)Electrophoresis 29:4368;Kim,J等人,(2010)J.Chromatogr.B 878:1973:Teshima,G等人,(2010)J.Chromatogr.A1218:2091)。In aqueous environments, proteins such as monoclonal antibodies (mAbs) have a large number of charged and polar amino acids on their surfaces (Barlow, DJ and Thornton, JM (1986) Biopolymers 25:1717). As the molecules interact with solution components, surface residues can undergo a variety of chemical and enzymatic modifications, resulting in a heterogeneous mixture of protein variants with slightly different surface electrostatics (Dick, LW et al., (2009) J. Chromatogr. B 877:3841; Liu, HW et al., (2008) Rapid Commun. Mass Spectrom. 22:4081; Miller, AK et al., (2011) J. Pharm. Sci. 100:2543; Wang, WR et al., (2011) Mol. Immunol. 48:860). According to a recent review by Vlasak, J and Ionescu, R (2008 Curr. Pharm. Biotechnol. 9: 468), cation exchange chromatography (CEC) is considered the gold standard for profiling the charge heterogeneity of protein therapeutics. Regulatory agencies generally require this charge-sensitive separation method to ensure production consistency during manufacturing and monitor the degradation level of protein therapeutics (Miller, AK, et al., (2011) J. Pharm. Sci. 100: 2543; He, XPZ (2009) Electrophoresis 30: 714; Sosic, Z et al., (2008) Electrophoresis 29: 4368; Kim, J et al., (2010) J. Chromatogr. B 878: 1973; Teshima, G et al., (2010) J. Chromatogr. A 1218: 2091).

离子交换层析(IEC)一般以结合和洗脱模式进行。通常,将蛋白质样品(如mAb)在促进蛋白质与柱结合的条件下(即,在100%缓冲液A中)引入静止相。施加盐或pH梯度(即渐增%的缓冲液B)以诱导带电荷的不同蛋白质依次洗脱。IEC方法一般是产品特异的。开发稳健即可以经受住温度和pH波动并且可以充分解决电荷异质性的方法耗费甚多资源。需要开发最佳缓冲体系的方法,所述最佳缓冲体系允许形成稳健的测定法以确定多种多肽产品中污染物的存在。本发明提供了基于多肽和缓冲系统的数学模型预测离子交换最佳条件的方法。Ion exchange chromatography (IEC) is generally performed in a bind and elute mode. Typically, a protein sample (such as a mAb) is introduced into the stationary phase under conditions that promote protein binding to the column (i.e., in 100% buffer A). A salt or pH gradient (i.e., increasing % buffer B) is applied to induce the elution of different charged proteins in sequence. IEC methods are generally product-specific. Developing robust methods that can withstand temperature and pH fluctuations and fully address charge heterogeneity is resource-intensive. There is a need to develop methods for optimizing buffer systems that allow for the formation of robust assays to determine the presence of contaminants in a variety of polypeptide products. The present invention provides methods for predicting optimal ion exchange conditions based on mathematical models of polypeptides and buffer systems.

本文中提到的全部参考文献,包括专利申请和出版物,均通过引用的方式完整并入本文。All references cited herein, including patent applications and publications, are incorporated by reference in their entirety.

发明简述Summary of the Invention

在一些方面,本发明提供用于确定最佳离子交换层析分离条件以分析多种组合物的方法,其中每种组合物包含多肽连同一种或多种污染物,所述方法包括a)基于两种或更多种组合物的多肽的氨基酸组成,在选择的温度绘制净电荷对pH曲线,并且b)通过确定步骤a)的曲线的二阶导数,确定净电荷对pH曲线在中性pH处或其附近的拐点;其中最佳离子交换层析分离条件是在一种或多种组合物的多肽的大约共同拐点处的pH。在一些实施方案中,该方法还包括c)对于两种或更多种组合物的多肽,确定净电荷对pH曲线的拐点pH随温度变化的变化(dIP/dT),d)选择用于层析的缓冲剂,其中缓冲剂的酸解离常数随温度变化的变化(dpKa/dT)基本上与多肽的dIP/dT相同。In some aspects, the present invention provides a method for determining optimal ion exchange chromatography separation conditions for analyzing a plurality of compositions, wherein each composition comprises a polypeptide together with one or more contaminants, the method comprising a) plotting a net charge versus pH curve at a selected temperature based on the amino acid composition of the polypeptides of the two or more compositions, and b) determining the inflection point of the net charge versus pH curve at or near neutral pH by determining the second derivative of the curve of step a); wherein the optimal ion exchange chromatography separation condition is a pH at approximately a common inflection point for the polypeptides of the one or more compositions. In some embodiments, the method further comprises c) determining the change in pH of the inflection point of the net charge versus pH curve as a function of temperature (dIP/dT) for the polypeptides of the two or more compositions, and d) selecting a buffer for chromatography, wherein the change in acid dissociation constant of the buffer as a function of temperature (dpKa/dT) is substantially the same as the dIP/dT of the polypeptide.

在其他方面,本发明提供用于确定最佳离子交换层析分离条件以分析包含多肽连同一种或多种污染物的组合物的方法,所述方法包括a)基于多肽的氨基酸组成,在选择的温度绘制净电荷对pH曲线,并且b)通过确定步骤a)的曲线的二阶导数,确定净电荷对pH曲线在中性pH处或其附近的拐点;其中最佳离子交换层析分离条件是在多肽的大约共同拐点处的pH。In other aspects, the present invention provides a method for determining optimal ion exchange chromatography separation conditions for analyzing a composition comprising a polypeptide together with one or more contaminants, the method comprising a) plotting a net charge versus pH curve at a selected temperature based on the amino acid composition of the polypeptide, and b) determining the inflection point of the net charge versus pH curve at or near neutral pH by determining the second derivative of the curve of step a); wherein the optimal ion exchange chromatography separation conditions are at a pH at about the common inflection point of the polypeptide.

在一些实施方案中,如果净电荷在拐点处为正,则阳离子交换材料用于离子交换层析。在一些实施方案中,阳离子交换层析材料是磺化层析材料或羧化层析材料。在其他实施方案中,如果净电荷在拐点处为负,则阴离子交换材料用于层析。在一些实施方案中,阴离子交换层析材料是季胺层析材料或叔胺层析材料。在另外的其他实施方案中,混合模式层析材料用于层析。在一些实施方案中,混合模式离子交换材料是依次装填的磺化层析材料或羧化层析材料和季胺层析材料或叔胺层析材料的混合物。In some embodiments, if the net charge at the inflection point is positive, a cation exchange material is used for ion exchange chromatography. In some embodiments, the cation exchange chromatography material is a sulfonated chromatography material or a carboxylated chromatography material. In other embodiments, if the net charge at the inflection point is negative, an anion exchange material is used for chromatography. In some embodiments, the anion exchange chromatography material is a quaternary amine chromatography material or a tertiary amine chromatography material. In yet other embodiments, a mixed mode chromatography material is used for chromatography. In some embodiments, the mixed mode ion exchange material is a mixture of a sulfonated chromatography material or a carboxylated chromatography material and a quaternary amine chromatography material or a tertiary amine chromatography material, which are loaded sequentially.

在一些实施方案中,缓冲剂在拐点pH提供有效缓冲容量。在一些实施方案中,一种或多种组合物的多肽的dIP/dT是约-0.02pH单位。在一些实施方案中,温度变化是从约20℃至约70℃。在其他实施方案中,温度变化是从约20℃至约50℃。在一些实施方案中,dpKa/dT=dIP/dT±50%。在一些实施方案中,多肽在步骤d)中选出的缓冲液内的净电荷在30℃以上变动小于0.5。在一些实施方案中,步骤d)中选出的缓冲液以范围约5mM至约250mM的浓度用于层析中。In some embodiments, the buffer provides effective buffering capacity at the inflection point pH. In some embodiments, the dpKa/dT of one or more polypeptides of the composition is approximately -0.02 pH units. In some embodiments, the temperature change is from about 20°C to about 70°C. In other embodiments, the temperature change is from about 20°C to about 50°C. In some embodiments, dpKa/dT = dpKa/dT ± 50%. In some embodiments, the net charge of the polypeptide in the buffer selected in step d) varies by less than 0.5 above 30°C. In some embodiments, the buffer selected in step d) is used in the chromatography at a concentration ranging from about 5 mM to about 250 mM.

在以上实施方案的一些实施方案中,缓冲剂组成还包含盐。在其他实施方案中,盐是NaCl、KCl、(NH4)2SO4或Na2SO4。在一些实施方案中,盐的浓度是从约1mM至约1M。In some embodiments of the above embodiments, the buffer composition further comprises a salt. In other embodiments, the salt is NaCl, KCl, (NH 4 ) 2 SO 4 or Na 2 SO 4. In some embodiments, the concentration of the salt is from about 1 mM to about 1M.

在本发明方法的一些实施方案中,多肽是抗体或免疫黏附素或其片段。在一些实施方案中,多肽是单克隆抗体或其片段。在一些实施方案中,抗体是人抗体。在其他实施方案中,抗体是人源化抗体。在另外的其他实施方案中,抗体是嵌合抗体。在一些实施方案中,抗体是抗体片段。In some embodiments of the methods of the present invention, the polypeptide is an antibody or immunoadhesin or a fragment thereof. In some embodiments, the polypeptide is a monoclonal antibody or a fragment thereof. In some embodiments, the antibody is a human antibody. In other embodiments, the antibody is a humanized antibody. In yet other embodiments, the antibody is a chimeric antibody. In some embodiments, the antibody is an antibody fragment.

在本发明方法的一些实施方案中,污染物是多肽的变体。在一些实施方案中,污染物是多肽的降解产物。在一些实施方案中,污染物是多肽的电荷变体。In some embodiments of the methods of the present invention, the contaminant is a variant of the polypeptide. In some embodiments, the contaminant is a degradation product of the polypeptide. In some embodiments, the contaminant is a charge variant of the polypeptide.

在一些方面,本发明提供一种用于分析组合物的方法,其中组合物包含多肽和一种或多种污染物,其中所述方法有效地将多肽与污染物分离,所述方法包括a)根据本发明方法确定用于多种组合物的离子交换分离的最佳pH和温度条件,每种组合物包含靶多肽和一种或多种污染物,b)使用上样缓冲液,使来自组合物的多肽和一种或多种污染物与离子交换层析材料结合,其中上样缓冲液包含通过本发明方法确定的缓冲剂;c)使用洗脱缓冲液的梯度,从离子交换层析材料洗脱多肽和一种或多种污染物,其中洗脱缓冲液包含所述缓冲剂和盐,其中盐的浓度随时间推移在梯度中增加,其中多肽和一种或多种污染物由梯度分离;并且d)检测多肽和一种或多种污染物。In some aspects, the present invention provides a method for analyzing a composition, wherein the composition comprises a polypeptide and one or more contaminants, wherein the method effectively separates the polypeptide from the contaminants, the method comprising a) determining optimal pH and temperature conditions for ion exchange separation of a plurality of compositions according to the methods of the present invention, each composition comprising a target polypeptide and one or more contaminants, b) binding the polypeptide and one or more contaminants from the composition to an ion exchange chromatography material using a loading buffer, wherein the loading buffer comprises a buffer determined by the methods of the present invention; c) eluting the polypeptide and one or more contaminants from the ion exchange chromatography material using a gradient of an elution buffer, wherein the elution buffer comprises the buffer and a salt, wherein the concentration of the salt increases in the gradient over time, wherein the polypeptide and the one or more contaminants are separated by the gradient; and d) detecting the polypeptide and the one or more contaminants.

在一些方面,本发明提供一种用于分析包含多肽和一种或多种污染物的组合物的方法,其中所述方法有效地将多肽与污染物分离,所述方法包括a)使用上样缓冲液,使多肽和一种或多种污染物与离子交换层析材料结合,其中上样缓冲液包含缓冲剂,并且其中层析的pH和温度已经通过以下方式针对多种靶多肽优化:i)在选择的温度绘制净电荷对pH曲线,其中曲线基于两种或更多种靶多肽的多肽的氨基酸组成,并且ii)通过确定步骤i)的曲线的二阶导数,确定净电荷对pH曲线的拐点;其中最佳离子交换层析条件是在两种或更多种靶多肽的共同拐点处的pH;b)使用洗脱缓冲液的梯度,从离子交换层析材料洗脱多肽和一种或多种污染物,其中洗脱缓冲液包含缓冲剂和盐,其中多肽和一种或多种污染物由梯度分离;并且c)检测多肽和一种或多种污染物。在一些实施方案中,选择的温度是环境温度。在一些实施方案中,通过以下方式确定缓冲液:a)对于两种或更多种靶多肽,确定净电荷对pH曲线的拐点pH随温度变化的变化(dIP/dT),b)选择缓冲剂,所述缓冲剂的酸解离常数随温度变化的变化(dpKa/dT)基本上与具有共同拐点的一种或多种靶多肽的dIP/dT相同。在一些实施方案中,缓冲剂在拐点pH提供有效缓冲容量。In some aspects, the present invention provides a method for analyzing a composition comprising a polypeptide and one or more contaminants, wherein the method effectively separates the polypeptide from the contaminants, the method comprising a) binding the polypeptide and the one or more contaminants to an ion exchange chromatography material using a loading buffer, wherein the loading buffer comprises a buffering agent, and wherein the pH and temperature of the chromatography have been optimized for a plurality of target polypeptides by: i) plotting a net charge versus pH curve at a selected temperature, wherein the curve is based on the amino acid composition of the polypeptides of two or more target polypeptides, and ii) determining the inflection point of the net charge versus pH curve by determining the second derivative of the curve of step i); wherein the optimal ion exchange chromatography condition is a pH at a common inflection point for the two or more target polypeptides; b) eluting the polypeptide and the one or more contaminants from the ion exchange chromatography material using a gradient of an elution buffer, wherein the elution buffer comprises a buffering agent and a salt, wherein the polypeptide and the one or more contaminants are separated by the gradient; and c) detecting the polypeptide and the one or more contaminants. In some embodiments, the selected temperature is ambient temperature. In some embodiments, a buffer is determined by: a) determining the change in the pH of the inflection point of the net charge versus pH curve as a function of temperature (dlP/dT) for two or more target polypeptides, and b) selecting a buffer having an acid dissociation constant as a function of temperature (dpKa/dT) that is substantially the same as the dlP/dT for one or more target polypeptides having a common inflection point. In some embodiments, the buffer provides an effective buffering capacity at the inflection point pH.

在一些方面,本发明提供用于分析包含多肽和一种或多种污染物的组合物的方法,其中所述方法有效地将多肽与污染物分离,所述方法包括a)使用上样缓冲液,使多肽和一种或多种污染物与离子交换层析材料结合,其中上样缓冲液包含缓冲剂,并且其中层析的pH和温度已经针对多种靶多肽优化:b)使用洗脱缓冲液的梯度,从离子交换层析材料洗脱多肽和一种或多种污染物,其中洗脱缓冲液包含缓冲剂和盐,其中多肽和一种或多种污染物由梯度分离;并且c)检测多肽和一种或多种污染物。在一些实施方案中,缓冲剂是N-(2-乙酰氨基)-2-氨基乙磺酸(ACES)或(4-(2-羟乙基)-1-哌嗪乙磺酸(HEPES)。在其他实施方案中,缓冲剂的浓度是从约5mM至约20mM。在一些实施方案中,温度变化是从约20℃至约70℃。在其他实施方案中,温度变化是从约20℃至约50℃。在一些实施方案中,dpKa/dT=dIP/dT±50%。在一些实施方案中,多肽在缓冲液内的净电荷在30℃以上变动小于0.5。在一些实施方案中,缓冲剂以范围约5mM至约250mM的浓度用于层析中。In some aspects, the present invention provides a method for analyzing a composition comprising a polypeptide and one or more contaminants, wherein the method effectively separates the polypeptide from the contaminants, the method comprising a) binding the polypeptide and one or more contaminants to an ion exchange chromatography material using a loading buffer, wherein the loading buffer comprises a buffering agent, and wherein the pH and temperature of the chromatography have been optimized for a plurality of target polypeptides; b) eluting the polypeptide and one or more contaminants from the ion exchange chromatography material using a gradient of an elution buffer, wherein the elution buffer comprises a buffering agent and a salt, wherein the polypeptide and the one or more contaminants are separated by the gradient; and c) detecting the polypeptide and the one or more contaminants. In some embodiments, the buffer is N-(2-acetylamino)-2-aminoethanesulfonic acid (ACES) or (4-(2-hydroxyethyl)-1-piperazineethanesulfonic acid (HEPES). In other embodiments, the concentration of the buffer is from about 5 mM to about 20 mM. In some embodiments, the temperature change is from about 20°C to about 70°C. In other embodiments, the temperature change is from about 20°C to about 50°C. In some embodiments, dpKa/dT = dIP/dT ± 50%. In some embodiments, the net charge of the polypeptide in the buffer varies by less than 0.5 above 30°C. In some embodiments, the buffer is used in chromatography at a concentration ranging from about 5 mM to about 250 mM.

在以上实施方案的一些实施方案中,缓冲剂组成还包含盐。在其他实施方案中,盐是NaCl、KCl、(NH4)2SO4或Na2SO4。在一些实施方案中,盐的浓度是从约1mM至约1M。在一些实施方案中,盐浓度在约100分钟内从约0mM增加至约100mM。在其他实施方案中,盐浓度在约40分钟内从约0mM增加至约80mM。In some embodiments of the above embodiments, the buffer composition further comprises a salt. In other embodiments, the salt is NaCl, KCl, (NH 4 ) 2 SO 4 or Na 2 SO 4. In some embodiments, the concentration of the salt is from about 1 mM to about 1 M. In some embodiments, the salt concentration increases from about 0 mM to about 100 mM in about 100 minutes. In other embodiments, the salt concentration increases from about 0 mM to about 80 mM in about 40 minutes.

在本发明方法的一些实施方案中,多肽是抗体或免疫黏附素或其片段。在一些实施方案中,多肽是单克隆抗体或其片段。在一些实施方案中,抗体是人抗体。在其他实施方案中,抗体是人源化抗体。在另外的其他实施方案中,抗体是嵌合抗体。在一些实施方案中,抗体是抗体片段。In some embodiments of the methods of the present invention, the polypeptide is an antibody or immunoadhesin or a fragment thereof. In some embodiments, the polypeptide is a monoclonal antibody or a fragment thereof. In some embodiments, the antibody is a human antibody. In other embodiments, the antibody is a humanized antibody. In yet other embodiments, the antibody is a chimeric antibody. In some embodiments, the antibody is an antibody fragment.

在本发明方法的一些实施方案中,污染物是多肽的变体。在一些实施方案中,污染物是多肽的降解产物。在一些实施方案中,污染物是多肽的电荷变体。In some embodiments of the methods of the present invention, the contaminant is a variant of the polypeptide. In some embodiments, the contaminant is a degradation product of the polypeptide. In some embodiments, the contaminant is a charge variant of the polypeptide.

在一些实施方案中,层析材料是阳离子交换层析材料。在其他实施方案中,阳离子交换层析材料是磺化层析材料或羧化层析材料。In some embodiments, the chromatography material is a cation exchange chromatography material. In other embodiments, the cation exchange chromatography material is a sulfonated chromatography material or a carboxylated chromatography material.

在一些方面,本发明提供用于分析多种多肽组合物的方法,其中每种多肽组合物包含多肽和所述多肽的一个或多个电荷变体,其中所述方法有效地将多肽与其电荷变体分离;对于每种多肽组合物,所述方法包括,a)使用流速约1mL/分钟的上样缓冲液,使多肽和一种或多种电荷变体与离子交换层析材料结合,其中上样缓冲液包含在约40℃的在约pH7.6的10mM HEPES缓冲剂;b)使用洗脱缓冲液的梯度,从离子交换层析材料洗脱多肽和电荷变体污染物,其中洗脱缓冲液包含在约pH 7.6的10mM HEPES缓冲剂和NaCl,其中NaCl在梯度中的浓度在约40分钟内从约0mM增加至约80mM,其中多肽及其电荷变体由梯度分离;并且c)检测多肽和一种或多种电荷变体。在一些实施方案中,多种多肽组合物包含不同多肽。在一些实施方案中,多种多肽组合物包含具有不同pI的多肽。在一些实施方案中,多肽组合物是抗体组合物。In some aspects, the present invention provides a method for analyzing a plurality of polypeptide compositions, wherein each polypeptide composition comprises a polypeptide and one or more charge variants of the polypeptide, wherein the method effectively separates the polypeptide from its charge variants; for each polypeptide composition, the method comprises, a) binding the polypeptide and one or more charge variants to an ion exchange chromatography material using a loading buffer at a flow rate of about 1 mL/minute, wherein the loading buffer comprises 10 mM HEPES buffer at about pH 7.6 at about 40° C.; b) eluting the polypeptide and charge variant contaminants from the ion exchange chromatography material using a gradient of elution buffer, wherein the elution buffer comprises 10 mM HEPES buffer at about pH 7.6 and NaCl, wherein the concentration of NaCl in the gradient increases from about 0 mM to about 80 mM over about 40 minutes, wherein the polypeptide and its charge variants are separated by the gradient; and c) detecting the polypeptide and one or more charge variants. In some embodiments, the plurality of polypeptide compositions comprises different polypeptides. In some embodiments, the plurality of polypeptide compositions comprises polypeptides with different pIs. In some embodiments, the polypeptide composition is an antibody composition.

附图简述BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS

图1是绘制的单克隆抗体mAb1(空白实线)及其两种电荷变体的经计算的净电荷对pH的曲线。短划线表示如所示具有两个负电荷的酸性变体及具有两个正电荷的碱性变体。使用mAb1及其变体的氨基酸序列组成产生该曲线。星号指曲线的拐点。在拐点pH处进行的平台IEC方法将相对于pH提供最佳的分离度和稳健性。Figure 1 is a plot of the calculated net charge versus pH for the monoclonal antibody mAb1 (solid blank line) and its two charge variants. The dashed lines represent the acidic variants with two negative charges and the basic variants with two positive charges as shown. The curves were generated using the amino acid sequence composition of mAb1 and its variants. The asterisk indicates the inflection point of the curve. A platform IEC method performed at the inflection point pH will provide optimal resolution and robustness relative to pH.

图2A显示pH标度上群体(例如多肽溶液)中质子化组氨酸(带正电荷)的百分数曲线。FIG2A shows a plot of the percentage of protonated histidine (positively charged) in a population (eg, a polypeptide solution) on a pH scale.

图2B显示在pH 6.5和pH 7.5处含有10个组氨酸残基的多肽中去质子化组氨酸的数目(电荷频率)。它显示在拐点(pH 7.5),大部分组氨酸残基去质子化并且不带电荷。Figure 2B shows the number of deprotonated histidines (charge frequency) in a polypeptide containing 10 histidine residues at pH 6.5 and pH 7.5. It shows that at the inflection point (pH 7.5), most of the histidine residues are deprotonated and uncharged.

图2C显示各自具有两个组氨酸残基的4种多肽分子的例子。在His的pKa(pH 6.0),50%的His残基质子化,并且50%去质子化。这4种分子上His残基的电荷状态组合在pKa处呈二项式分布:一种分子的两个His均质子化;两种分子的一个His质子化并且另一个His去质子化;并且一种分子的两个His均去质子化。Figure 2C shows an example of four polypeptide molecules each having two histidine residues. At the pKa of His (pH 6.0), 50% of the His residues are protonated and 50% are deprotonated. The charge state combinations of the His residues on these four molecules are binomially distributed at the pKa: one molecule has both His residues protonated; two molecules have one His residue protonated and the other His residue deprotonated; and one molecule has both His residues deprotonated.

图3是就极性氨基酸随pH变化而变化的电荷频率而言的常见单克隆抗体的曲线。在不同pH处有助于37℃时计算电荷的六个氨基酸的最常见电荷状态的概率标绘为实线,并且mAb1的这些氨基酸残基的加权组合标绘为短划线。Figure 3 is a graph of common monoclonal antibodies in terms of charge frequency of polar amino acids as a function of pH. The probabilities of the most common charge states of the six amino acids contributing to the calculated charge at 37°C at different pH are plotted as solid lines, and the weighted combination of these amino acid residues for mAb1 is plotted as dashed lines.

图4显示在22℃在不同pH处mAb1的香农熵。表3中列出了有助于净电荷计算的氨基酸残基的类型和数目。Figure 4 shows the Shannon entropy of mAb1 at different pH values at 22° C. Table 3 lists the types and numbers of amino acid residues that contributed to the net charge calculation.

图5显示在不同pH在37℃时mAb1群体中电荷分布和电荷分布频率的3D视图。显示在净电荷对pH曲线的拐点处,电荷分布最均匀,频率约为0.7;而在远离拐点的pH,电荷分布更宽,频率为0.15。由于IEC分离基于电荷,电荷分布频率越高,峰越窄并且分离度越高。Figure 5 shows a 3D visualization of the charge distribution and charge distribution frequency within the mAb1 population at various pH values at 37°C. The charge distribution is most uniform at the inflection point of the net charge vs. pH curve, with a frequency of approximately 0.7. At pH values further from the inflection point, the charge distribution is broader, with a frequency of 0.15. Because IEC separation is based on charge, higher charge distribution frequencies result in narrower peaks and improved resolution.

图6是图5的2D图示,即mAb1的净电荷对pH曲线。当温度是37℃时,拐点在pH 7.5。Figure 6 is a 2D representation of Figure 5, i.e., a net charge versus pH curve of mAb 1. When the temperature is 37°C, the inflection point is at pH 7.5.

图7是显示在37℃多种mAb产品的净电荷随pH变化而变化的曲线。每种mAb的经计算的净电荷基于mAb的氨基酸序列计算。一些mAb具有不同的构架氨基酸序列。在37℃,全部曲线的拐点均大约是pH 7.5。Figure 7 is a graph showing the net charge of various mAb products as a function of pH at 37°C. The calculated net charge for each mAb is based on the mAb's amino acid sequence. Some mAbs have different framework amino acid sequences. At 37°C, the inflection point for all curves is approximately pH 7.5.

图8是显示在22℃(菱形)、37℃(三角形)和50℃(正方形)众多mAb产品的经计算的拐点的曲线。Figure 8 is a graph showing the calculated inflection points for a number of mAb products at 22°C (diamonds), 37°C (triangles), and 50°C (squares).

图9是显示在22℃至50℃的温度mAb2的净电荷对pH关系的曲线。FIG9 is a graph showing the net charge of mAb2 versus pH at temperatures ranging from 22°C to 50°C.

图10A显示拐点变化率。图10B显示对于选择的mAb而言随温度变化而变化的dIP变化。变化率几乎相同。Figure 10A shows the rate of change of the inflection point. Figure 10B shows the change of dIP as a function of temperature for selected mAbs. The rate of change is almost the same.

图11是显示在给定缓冲剂(磷酸盐、HEPES、ACES和Tris)mAb2的净电荷随温度变化而变化的曲线。FIG11 is a graph showing the change in net charge of mAb2 in given buffers (phosphate, HEPES, ACES, and Tris) as a function of temperature.

图12显示使用相同层析方法时具有不同pI的众多mAb的覆盖(overlaid)层析图。缓冲液A是在37℃的5mM ACES pH 7.5。缓冲液B是缓冲液A中的180mM NaCl。盐梯度是在37℃在100分钟内0mM NaCl至100mM NaCl或1mM/分钟。流速是0.8mL/分钟。柱是MabPac SCX-10柱(4×250mm)。Figure 12 shows an overlaid chromatogram of numerous mAbs with varying pIs using the same chromatography method. Buffer A was 5 mM ACES pH 7.5 at 37°C. Buffer B was 180 mM NaCl in buffer A. The salt gradient was 0 mM NaCl to 100 mM NaCl over 100 minutes at 37°C, or 1 mM/minute. The flow rate was 0.8 mL/minute. The column was a MabPac SCX-10 column (4 x 250 mm).

图13显示随pH变化而变化的mAb4的IEC的稳健性。层析条件如图12中那样,例外是梯度为1.5mM NaCl/分钟。Figure 13 shows the robustness of IEC of mAb 4 as a function of pH. Chromatographic conditions were as in Figure 12, except that the gradient was 1.5 mM NaCl/min.

图14显示随温度变化而变化的三种mAb的IEC的稳健性。全部三种抗体的层析条件相同并且如图13对所述那样。Figure 14 shows the robustness of IECs of three mAbs as a function of temperature. The chromatography conditions were identical for all three antibodies and as described for Figure 13 .

图15显示随温度变化而变化的三种mAb的IEC的稳健性。全部三种抗体的层析条件相同。层析条件如图13中那样,例外是缓冲剂为10mM HEPES。Figure 15 shows the robustness of IECs for three mAbs as a function of temperature. The chromatography conditions were identical for all three antibodies. The chromatography conditions were as in Figure 13, except that the buffer was 10 mM HEPES.

图16显示使用多产品方法和使用为每种mAb开发的方法时比较三种mAb的IEX层析的曲线。多产品方法是在37℃时5mM ACES pH 7.5,梯度为50分钟内从0mM NaCl至75mMNaCl(1.5mM/分钟)以及流速为0.8mL/分钟。用于产品专用方法的缓冲液和温度不同。对于mAb8,它是在30℃时20mM MES pH 6.5;对于mAb25,它是在42℃时20mM HEPES pH 7.6;并且对于mAb26,它是在40℃时20mM ACES pH 7.1。柱是MabPac SCX-10柱(4×250mm)。Figure 16 shows a comparison of IEX chromatography curves for three mAbs using a multi-product approach and using a method developed for each mAb. The multi-product approach was 5 mM ACES pH 7.5 at 37°C with a gradient from 0 mM NaCl to 75 mM NaCl (1.5 mM/min) over 50 minutes and a flow rate of 0.8 mL/min. The buffer and temperature used for the product-specific approaches were different. For mAb8, it was 20 mM MES pH 6.5 at 30°C; for mAb25, it was 20 mM HEPES pH 7.6 at 42°C; and for mAb26, it was 20 mM ACES pH 7.1 at 40°C. The column was a MabPac SCX-10 column (4×250 mm).

图17显示使用mAb8时在下述四根不同层析柱上多产品层析条件的使用情况:ProPac WCX-10(10μm,4×250mm)、YMC(5μm,4×100mm)、AntiBodix(5μm,4×250mm)和MabPac SCX-10(10μm,4×250mm)。层析条件是如图13对所述那样。插图显示变体峰扩大。Figure 17 shows the use of multi-product chromatography conditions using mAb8 on four different columns: ProPac WCX-10 (10 μm, 4×250 mm), YMC (5 μm, 4×100 mm), AntiBodix (5 μm, 4×250 mm), and MabPac SCX-10 (10 μm, 4×250 mm). The chromatography conditions were the same as those described for Figure 13. The inset shows the expansion of the variant peaks.

图18显示使用mAb8时在不同规格4×250mm、4×100mm、4×50mm的ProPac WCX-10层析柱上多产品层析条件的使用。采用较短柱时,运行时间较短。层析图对主峰归一化。层析条件是如图15对所述那样,例外是梯度时间。Figure 18 shows the use of multi-product chromatography conditions for mAb 8 on ProPac WCX-10 columns of varying dimensions: 4 × 250 mm, 4 × 100 mm, and 4 × 50 mm. The shorter columns resulted in shorter run times. The chromatograms are normalized to the main peak. The chromatographic conditions were the same as those described for Figure 15 , with the exception of the gradient time.

图19显示GMP最稳健DOE研究的主峰相对%曲线。Figure 19 shows the relative % curve of the main peak for the most robust DOE study of GMP.

图20显示GMP最稳健DOE研究的主峰相对%曲线。Figure 20 shows the relative % curve of the main peak for the most robust DOE study of GMP.

图21显示GMP最稳健DOE研究的主峰相对%曲线。Figure 21 shows the relative % curve of the main peak for the most robust DOE study of GMP.

发明详述Detailed Description of the Invention

本发明提供用于确定最佳离子交换层析分离条件以分析包含多肽连同一种或多种污染物的组合物的方法,所述方法包括a)基于多肽的氨基酸组成,在选择的温度绘制净电荷对pH曲线,并且b)通过确定步骤a)的曲线的二阶导数,确定净电荷对pH曲线在中性pH处或其附近的拐点(IP);其中最佳离子交换层析分离条件是在多肽的大约共同拐点处的pH。在一些实施方案中,通过计算在给定温度在不同pH值处多肽的香农熵确定电荷分布频率。随着香农熵下降,组合物中多肽的电荷分布变得更均匀。因此,在多肽和其电荷变体之间分辨的能力改善。The present invention provides a method for determining optimal ion exchange chromatography separation conditions to analyze a composition comprising a polypeptide together with one or more pollutants, the method comprising a) drawing a net charge versus pH curve at a selected temperature based on the amino acid composition of the polypeptide, and b) determining the inflection point (IP) of the net charge versus pH curve at or near neutral pH by determining the second derivative of the curve of step a); wherein the optimal ion exchange chromatography separation condition is the pH at approximately the common inflection point of the polypeptide. In some embodiments, the charge distribution frequency is determined by calculating the Shannon entropy of the polypeptide at different pH values at a given temperature. As the Shannon entropy decreases, the charge distribution of the polypeptide in the composition becomes more uniform. Therefore, the ability to distinguish between a polypeptide and its charge variants is improved.

在一些实施方案中,本发明提供了确定用于最佳离子交换层析分离条件的缓冲剂以分析包含多肽连同一种或多种污染物的组合物的方法。在一些实施方案中,按如下方式选择缓冲剂,其中酸解离常数随温度的变化(dpKa/dT)大约等于如上文所述的拐点随温度的变化(dIP/dT)。In some embodiments, the present invention provides methods for determining a buffer for optimal ion exchange chromatography separation conditions for analyzing a composition comprising a polypeptide together with one or more contaminants. In some embodiments, the buffer is selected such that the change in the acid dissociation constant with temperature (dpKa/dT) is approximately equal to the change in the inflection point with temperature (dIP/dT) as described above.

在一些方面,本发明提供用于确定最佳离子交换层析分离条件以分析多种组合物的方法,其中每种组合物包含多肽连同一种或多种污染物,所述方法包括a)基于两种或更多种组合物的多肽的氨基酸组成,在选择的温度绘制净电荷对pH曲线,并且b)通过确定步骤a)的曲线的二阶导数,确定净电荷对pH曲线在中性pH处或其附近的拐点;其中最佳离子交换层析分离条件是在一种或多种组合物的多肽的大约共同拐点处的pH。因此,所述方法可以用来在不需要针对每种产品开发专用方案的情况下分析多种产品。In some aspects, the present invention provides a method for determining optimal ion exchange chromatography separation conditions for analyzing a plurality of compositions, wherein each composition comprises a polypeptide together with one or more contaminants, the method comprising a) plotting a net charge versus pH curve at a selected temperature based on the amino acid composition of the polypeptides of the two or more compositions, and b) determining the inflection point of the net charge versus pH curve at or near neutral pH by determining the second derivative of the curve of step a); wherein the optimal ion exchange chromatography separation condition is a pH at approximately a common inflection point of the polypeptides of the one or more compositions. Thus, the method can be used to analyze a plurality of products without the need to develop a dedicated protocol for each product.

I.定义I. Definition

术语“多肽”或“蛋白质”在本文中互换地使用并且指任意长度的氨基酸聚合物。该聚合物可以是线形或分支的,它可以包含修饰的氨基酸,并且它可以由非氨基酸隔断。该术语也包括已经天然地修饰或通过干预(例如,二硫键形成、糖基化、脂质化、乙酰化、磷酸化或任何其他操作或修饰,如以标记组分或毒素缀合)而修饰的氨基酸聚合物。在该定义范围内还包括例如这样的多肽,它们含有氨基酸的一个或多个类似物(例如包含非天然氨基酸等)以及本领域已知的其他修饰。如本文所用的术语“多肽”和“蛋白质”特别涵盖抗体。The terms "polypeptide" or "protein" are used interchangeably herein and refer to amino acid polymers of any length. The polymer may be linear or branched, it may contain modified amino acids, and it may be interrupted by non-amino acids. The term also includes amino acid polymers that have been modified naturally or by intervention (e.g., disulfide bond formation, glycosylation, lipidation, acetylation, phosphorylation, or any other manipulation or modification, such as conjugation with a labeling component or toxin). Also included within the scope of this definition are, for example, polypeptides that contain one or more analogs of an amino acid (e.g., containing non-natural amino acids, etc.) and other modifications known in the art. As used herein, the terms "polypeptide" and "protein" particularly encompass antibodies.

如本文所用,术语“多肽电荷变体”指这样的多肽,所述多肽已经从其天然状态被如此修饰,从而多肽的电荷改变。在一些例子中,电荷变体比亲本多肽具有更多酸性;即比亲本多肽具有更低的pI。在其他例子中,电荷变体比亲本多肽具有更多碱性;即比亲本多肽具有更高的pI。这类修饰可以工程化或是天然过程的结果,如氧化、脱酰胺化、赖氨酸残基C末端加工、N末端焦谷氨酸盐形成和糖化。在一些例子中,多肽电荷变体是糖蛋白,其中与蛋白质连接的聚糖被如此修饰,从而与亲本糖蛋白相比,糖蛋白的电荷改变,例如,因添加唾液酸或其衍生物改变。如本文所用,术语“抗体电荷变体”是这样的抗体或其片段,所述抗体或其片段其已经从其天然状态被如此修饰,从而抗体或其片段的电荷改变。As used herein, the term "polypeptide charge variant" refers to a polypeptide that has been modified from its native state such that the charge of the polypeptide is altered. In some examples, the charge variant is more acidic than the parent polypeptide; that is, it has a lower pI than the parent polypeptide. In other examples, the charge variant is more basic than the parent polypeptide; that is, it has a higher pI than the parent polypeptide. Such modifications can be engineered or the result of natural processes such as oxidation, deamidation, C-terminal processing of lysine residues, N-terminal pyroglutamate formation, and glycation. In some examples, the polypeptide charge variant is a glycoprotein in which the glycans attached to the protein are modified such that the charge of the glycoprotein is altered compared to the parent glycoprotein, for example, by the addition of sialic acid or its derivatives. As used herein, the term "antibody charge variant" refers to an antibody or fragment thereof that has been modified from its native state such that the charge of the antibody or fragment thereof is altered.

“纯化”多肽(例如,抗体或免疫黏附素)意指这样的多肽,其纯度已经增加,从而所述多肽以比它在其天然环境中和/或最初在实验室条件下合成和/或扩增情况下存在时更纯的形式存在。“纯度”是相对术语和不必然地意指绝对纯度。By "purified" polypeptide (e.g., antibody or immunoadhesin) is meant a polypeptide whose purity has been increased so that the polypeptide exists in a purer form than it does in its natural environment and/or when initially synthesized and/or amplified under laboratory conditions. "Purity" is a relative term and does not necessarily mean absolute purity.

术语“拮抗剂”以最广意义使用,并且包括部分或完全阻断、抑制或抵消天然多肽的生物活性的任何分子。以相似方式,术语“激动剂”以最广意义使用并且包括模拟天然多肽的生物活性的任何分子。合适的激动剂或拮抗剂分子特别包括激动剂或拮抗剂抗体或抗体片段、天然多肽的片段或氨基酸序列变体等。用于确定多肽的激动剂或拮抗剂的方法可以包括使多肽与候选激动剂或拮抗剂分子接触并测量通常与所述多肽相关的一种或多种生物学活性的可检测变化。The term "antagonist" is used in the broadest sense and includes any molecule that partially or completely blocks, inhibits, or counteracts the biological activity of a native polypeptide. In a similar manner, the term "agonist" is used in the broadest sense and includes any molecule that mimics the biological activity of a native polypeptide. Suitable agonist or antagonist molecules include, in particular, agonist or antagonist antibodies or antibody fragments, fragments or amino acid sequence variants of a native polypeptide, and the like. Methods for determining whether a polypeptide is an agonist or antagonist can comprise contacting the polypeptide with a candidate agonist or antagonist molecule and measuring a detectable change in one or more biological activities typically associated with the polypeptide.

“结合”目的抗原例如肿瘤相关性多肽抗原靶的多肽是这样一种多肽,所述多肽以足够亲和力结合该抗原,从而所述多肽可以作为诊断剂和/或治疗剂用于表达该抗原的靶标细胞或组织,并且不显著与其他多肽交叉反应。在这类实施方案中,该多肽与“非靶”多肽结合的程度将小于该多肽与其特定靶多肽的结合作用的约10%,如荧光激活细胞分选(FACS)分析或放射免疫沉淀(RIA)所测定。A polypeptide that "binds" an antigen of interest, such as a tumor-associated polypeptide antigen target, is a polypeptide that binds to the antigen with sufficient affinity so that the polypeptide can be used as a diagnostic and/or therapeutic agent in target cells or tissues expressing the antigen, and does not significantly cross-react with other polypeptides. In such embodiments, the extent of binding of the polypeptide to "non-target" polypeptides will be less than about 10% of the binding of the polypeptide to its specific target polypeptide, as determined by fluorescence activated cell sorting (FACS) analysis or radioimmunoprecipitation (RIA).

就多肽与靶分子结合而言,术语“特异性结合”或“特异性结合于”或“特异性针对”特定多肽或特定多肽靶上的表位意指可度量地与非特异性相互作用不同的结合作用。可以测量特异性结合作用,例如,通过与对照分子的结合作用相比确定分子的结合作用来测量,所述对照分子通常是没有结合活性的结构相似分子。例如,可以通过与类似于靶的对照分子(例如过量的未标记靶)竞争来测定特异性结合。在这种情况下,如果标记的靶与探针的结合受过量未标记的靶竞争性抑制,则证实特异性结合。With respect to binding of a polypeptide to a target molecule, the term "specific binding" or "specifically binds to" or "specifically for" a particular polypeptide or an epitope on a particular polypeptide target means binding that is measurably distinguishable from non-specific interactions. Specific binding can be measured, for example, by determining the binding of a molecule compared to the binding of a control molecule, which is typically a structurally similar molecule that has no binding activity. For example, specific binding can be determined by competition with a control molecule similar to the target (e.g., an excess of unlabeled target). In this case, specific binding is demonstrated if binding of the labeled target to the probe is competitively inhibited by excess unlabeled target.

术语“抗体”在本文中以最广意义使用并且特别涵盖单克隆抗体、多克隆抗体、从至少两个完整抗体形成的多特异性抗体(例如双特异性抗体)和抗体片段,只要它们显示出所需的生物活性即可。术语“免疫球蛋白”(Ig)在本文中与抗体可互换使用。The term "antibody" is used herein in the broadest sense and specifically encompasses monoclonal antibodies, polyclonal antibodies, multispecific antibodies (e.g., bispecific antibodies) formed from at least two intact antibodies, and antibody fragments, so long as they exhibit the desired biological activity. The term "immunoglobulin" (Ig) is used interchangeably with antibody herein.

抗体是天然存在的免疫球蛋白分子,其具有全部基于免疫球蛋白折叠的变动结构。例如,IgG抗体具有经二硫键结合以形成功能抗体的两条重链和两条轻链。每条重链和轻链本身包含“恒定”(C)区和“可变”(V)区。V区决定抗体的抗原结合特异性,而C区提供结构性支撑及与免疫效应子的非抗原特异性相互作用时提供功能。抗体或抗体的抗原结合片段的抗原结合特异性是抗体与特定抗原特异性结合的能力。Antibodies are naturally occurring immunoglobulin molecules that have a variable structure that is all based on the immunoglobulin fold. For example, an IgG antibody has two heavy chains and two light chains that are bound by disulfide bonds to form a functional antibody. Each heavy and light chain itself comprises a "constant" (C) region and a "variable" (V) region. The V region determines the antigen-binding specificity of the antibody, while the C region provides structural support and provides function when interacting with immune effectors that are not antigen-specific. The antigen-binding specificity of an antibody or antigen-binding fragment of an antibody is the ability of an antibody to specifically bind to a specific antigen.

抗体的抗原结合特异性由V区的结构特征决定。变异性在涵盖可变结构域的110个氨基酸范围内并非均匀地分布。相反,V区由15-30个氨基酸的称作构架区(FR)的相对不变化的区段组成,所述的区段被具有极端变化性的叫做“高变区”(HVR)的各自长9-12个氨基酸的较短区域隔开。天然重链和轻链的可变结构域各自包括由3个高变区连接的大体上采取β折叠构型的4个FR,所述FR形成环,所述环连接该β折叠结构和在一些情况下形成该β折叠结构的部分。每条链中的高变区由FR密切接近地固定在一起,并且与来自其他链的高变区,对形成抗体的抗原-结合部位作出贡献(参见Kabat等人,Sequences of Proteins ofImmunological Interest,第5版.Public Health Service,National Institutes ofHealth,Bethesda,Md.(1991))。恒定结构不直接参与抗体与抗原结合,但是展示多种效应子功能,如使抗体参依赖抗体的细胞毒性(ADCC)。The antigen-binding specificity of an antibody is determined by the structural characteristics of the V region. Variability is not evenly distributed across the 110 amino acids that comprise the variable domain. In contrast, the V region consists of relatively unchanging segments called framework regions (FRs) of 15-30 amino acids, separated by shorter regions of 9-12 amino acids each called "hypervariable regions" (HVRs) with extreme variability. The variable domains of native heavy and light chains each include four FRs connected by three hypervariable regions in a generally β-sheet configuration, the FRs forming a loop that connects the β-sheet structure and, in some cases, the portion that forms the β-sheet structure. The hypervariable regions in each chain are held together closely by the FRs and, together with the hypervariable regions from the other chains, contribute to the formation of the antigen-binding site of the antibody (see Kabat et al., Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interest, 5th ed. Public Health Service, National Institutes of Health, Bethesda, Md. (1991)). The constant structures are not directly involved in binding the antibody to the antigen, but exhibit various effector functions, such as enabling the antibody to participate in antibody-dependent cellular cytotoxicity (ADCC).

每种V区一般包含三个HVR,例如互补决定区(“CDR”,各自含有“高变环”),和四个构架区。因此,抗体结合位点(以巨大亲和力与所需的特定抗原结合所需要的最小结构单元)将一般包括3个CDR,和间插于其间以固定并展示处于适宜构象的CDR的至少三个、优选地四个构架区。经典的四链抗体具有由VH结构域和VL结构域协作限定的抗原结合位点。某些抗体,如骆驼抗体和鲨鱼抗体,缺少轻链并且依赖于仅由重链形成的结合位点。可以制备单结构域工程化免疫球蛋白,其中结合位点仅由重链或轻链形成,不存在VH和VL之间的协作。Each V region generally comprises three HVRs, e.g., complementarity determining regions ("CDRs," each containing a "hypervariable loop"), and four framework regions. Thus, an antibody binding site (the minimum structural unit required to bind to a desired specific antigen with great affinity) will generally include three CDRs, and at least three, preferably four, framework regions interspersed therebetween to anchor and display the CDRs in an appropriate conformation. Classical four-chain antibodies have an antigen binding site defined by the cooperation of the VH and VL domains. Certain antibodies, such as camelid and shark antibodies, lack light chains and rely on a binding site formed solely by heavy chains. Single-domain engineered immunoglobulins can be prepared in which the binding site is formed solely by heavy or light chains, without cooperation between VH and VL .

术语“可变的”指这样的事实:可变结构域的某些部分在序列方面在抗体之间明显不同并且用于每个特殊抗体对其特殊抗原的结合作用和特异性中。然而,变异性并不在抗体的可变结构域范围内均匀分布。它集中于轻链可变结构域和重链可变结构域的三个区段(称作超变区)中。可变结构域的较高度保守部分称作构架区(FR)。天然重链和轻链的可变结构域各自包括由3个高变区连接的大体上采取β折叠构型的4个FR,所述FR形成环,所述环连接该β折叠结构和在一些情况下形成该β折叠结构的部分。每条链中的高变区由FR密切接近地固定在一起,并且与来自其他链的高变区,对形成抗体的抗原-结合部位作出贡献(参见Kabat等人,Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interest,第5版.PublicHealth Service,National Institutes of Health,Bethesda,MD.(1991))。恒定结构不直接参与抗体与抗原结合,但是展示多种效应子功能,如使抗体参依赖抗体的细胞毒性(ADCC)。The term "variable" refers to the fact that certain portions of the variable domain differ significantly in sequence between antibodies and are used in the binding and specificity of each particular antibody for its particular antigen. However, variability is not evenly distributed across the variable domains of an antibody. It is concentrated in three segments (called hypervariable regions) of the light and heavy chain variable domains. The more highly conserved portions of the variable domains are called framework regions (FRs). The variable domains of native heavy and light chains each include four FRs that generally adopt a beta-pleated configuration connected by three hypervariable regions, which form loops that connect the beta-pleated structure and, in some cases, form portions of the beta-pleated structure. The hypervariable regions in each chain are held together in close proximity by the FRs and, together with the hypervariable regions from the other chains, contribute to the formation of the antigen-binding site of the antibody (see Kabat et al., Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interest, 5th ed. Public Health Service, National Institutes of Health, Bethesda, MD. (1991)). The constant structures are not directly involved in binding the antibody to the antigen, but exhibit various effector functions, such as enabling the antibody to participate in antibody-dependent cellular cytotoxicity (ADCC).

在本文中使用时,术语“高变区”(HVR)指抗体中负责抗原结合的氨基酸残基。高变区可以包含来自“互补决定区”或“CDR”的氨基酸残基(例如,VL中约第24-34位(L1)、第50-56位(L2)和第89-97位(L3)残基和VH中约第31-35B位(H1)、第50-65位(H2)和第95-102位(H3)残基(Kabat等人,Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interest,第5版.Public Health Service,National Institutes of Health,Bethesda,Md.(1991))和/或来自“高变环”的那些残基(例如VL中第26-32(L1)位、第50-52(L2)位和第91-96(L3)位残基和VH中第26-32(H1)位、第52A-55(H2)位和第96-101(H3)位残基(Chothia和LeskJ.Mol.Biol.196:901-917(1987))。As used herein, the term "hypervariable region" (HVR) refers to the amino acid residues in an antibody that are responsible for antigen binding. A hypervariable region may comprise amino acid residues from a "complementarity determining region" or "CDR" (e.g., residues about positions 24-34 (L1), 50-56 (L2), and 89-97 (L3) in VL and residues about positions 31-35B (H1), 50-65 (H2), and 95-102 (H3) in VH (Kabat et al., Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interest, 5th ed. Public Health Service, National Institutes of Health, Bethesda, Md. (1991)) and/or those residues from a "hypervariable loop" (e.g., residues 26-32 (L1), 50-52 (L2), and 91-96 (L3) in VL and residues 31-35B (H1), 50-65 (H2), and 95-102 (H3) in VH). Residues 26-32 (H1), 52A-55 (H2), and 96-101 (H3) in H (Chothia and Lesk J. Mol. Biol. 196:901-917 (1987)).

“构架”或“FR”残基是除如本文中定义的高变区残基之外的那些可变结构域残基。"Framework" or "FR" residues are those variable domain residues other than the hypervariable region residues as herein defined.

“抗体片段”包含完整抗体的一部分,优选地包括其抗原结合区。抗体片段的例子包含Fab、Fab'、F(ab')2和Fv片段;双体抗体;串联双体抗体(taDb)、线性抗体(例如,美国专利号5641870,实施例2;Zapata等人,Protein Eng.8(10):1057-1062(1995));单臂抗体,单一可变结构域抗体、微型抗体、单链抗体分子;从抗体片段形成的多特异性抗体(例如,包括但不限于Db-Fc、taDb-Fc、taDb-CH3、(scFV)4-Fc,二-scFv、双-scFv或串联(二、三)-scFv);和双特异性T细胞衔接体(BiTE)。"Antibody fragments" include a portion of an intact antibody, preferably including its antigen binding region. Examples of antibody fragments include Fab, Fab', F(ab') 2 , and Fv fragments; diabodies; tandem diabodies (taDb), linear antibodies (e.g., U.S. Patent No. 5,641,870, Example 2; Zapata et al., Protein Eng. 8(10): 1057-1062 (1995)); one-armed antibodies, single variable domain antibodies, minibodies, single-chain antibody molecules; multispecific antibodies formed from antibody fragments (e.g., including but not limited to Db-Fc, taDb-Fc, taDb-CH3, (scFV) 4 -Fc, di-scFv, di-scFv, or tandem (di, tri)-scFv); and bispecific T cell engagers (BiTEs).

木瓜蛋白酶消化抗体产生了两个相同的抗原结合片段,称作“Fab片段,各自具有单个抗原结合位点,和一个残余“Fc片段,该片段的名称反映其容易结晶的能力。胃蛋白酶处理产生了具有两个抗原结合位点并且仍能够交联抗原的F(ab')2片段。Papain digestion of antibodies produces two identical antigen-binding fragments, called "Fab fragments," each with a single antigen-binding site, and a residual "Fc fragment," a name reflecting its ability to crystallize readily. Pepsin treatment produces an F(ab') 2 fragment that has two antigen-binding sites and is still capable of cross-linking antigen.

“Fv”是含有完整抗原识别和抗原结合位点的最小抗体片段。这个区域由紧密、非共价缔合的一个重链可变结构域和一个轻链可变结构域的二聚体组成。正是在这种构型中每个可变结构域的3个高变区相互作用以限定VH-VL二聚体表面上的抗原结合位点。总体上,这6个高变区向抗体赋予抗原结合特异性。然而,甚至单个可变结构域(或仅包含抗原特异的3个高变区的半个Fv)具有识别并结合抗原的能力,虽然以比完整结合位点低的亲和力进行。"Fv" is the smallest antibody fragment that contains a complete antigen recognition and antigen binding site. This region consists of a dimer of one heavy-chain variable domain and one light-chain variable domain in tight, non-covalent association. It is in this configuration that the three hypervariable regions of each variable domain interact to define the antigen-binding site on the surface of the VH - VL dimer. Overall, these six hypervariable regions confer antigen-binding specificity to the antibody. However, even a single variable domain (or half an Fv comprising only three antigen-specific hypervariable regions) has the ability to recognize and bind to an antigen, although with a lower affinity than the complete binding site.

Fab片段还含有轻链的恒定域和重链的第一恒定域(CH1)。Fab'片段因在重链CH1结构域的羧基端处附加额外几个残基(包括来自抗体铰链区的一个或多个半胱氨酸)而与Fab片段不同。Fab'-SH在本文是Fab'的名称,其中恒定域的半胱氨酸残基携带至少一个游离巯基。F(ab')2抗体片段最初作为成对的Fab片段产生,所述成对的Fab片段在它们之间具有铰合半胱氨酸。抗体片段的其他化学偶联也是已知的。Fab fragments also contain the constant domain of the light chain and the first constant domain (CH1) of the heavy chain. Fab' fragments differ from Fab fragments by appending several additional residues at the carboxyl terminus of the heavy chain CH1 domain, including one or more cysteines from the antibody hinge region. Fab'-SH is herein the designation for Fab' in which the cysteine residues of the constant domains carry at least one free sulfhydryl group. F(ab') 2 antibody fragments were originally produced as paired Fab fragments with hinge cysteines between them. Other chemical couplings of antibody fragments are also known.

来自任何脊椎动物物种的抗体(免疫球蛋白)的“轻链”可以基于其恒定域的氨基酸序列划分成两个明显不同类型(称作κ和λ)之一。The "light chains" of antibodies (immunoglobulins) from any vertebrate species can be assigned to one of two clearly distinct types, called kappa and lambda, based on the amino acid sequences of their constant domains.

取决于抗体重链恒定域的氨基酸序列,抗体可以划分成不同的“类别”。存在五个大类的完整抗体:IgA、IgD、IgE、IgG和IgM,并且这些类别中的几种可以进一步划分成亚类(同种型),例如,IgG1、IgG2、IgG3、IgG4、IgA和IgA2。与不同类别抗体相对应的重链恒定结构域分别称作α、δ、ε、γ和μ。不同类别的免疫球蛋白的亚基结构和三维构型是熟知的。Depending on the amino acid sequence of the constant domain of their heavy chains, antibodies can be divided into different "classes". There are five major classes of intact antibodies: IgA, IgD, IgE, IgG, and IgM, and several of these classes can be further divided into subclasses (isotypes), e.g., IgG 1 , IgG 2 , IgG 3 , IgG 4 , IgA, and IgA 2. The heavy chain constant domains corresponding to the different classes of antibodies are called α, δ, ε, γ, and μ, respectively. The subunit structures and three-dimensional configurations of the different classes of immunoglobulins are well known.

“单链Fv”或“scFv”抗体片段包括抗体的VH和VL结构域,其中这些结构域存在于单一多肽链中。在一些实施方案中,Fv多肽还包含在VH结构域和VL结构域之间的多肽接头,所述多肽接头能够使scFv形成用于抗原结合的所需结构。关于scFv的综述,参见Plückthun,引自The Pharmacology of Monoclonal Antibodies,第113卷,Rosenburg和Moore编著,Springer-Verlag,New York,第269-315页(1994)。"Single-chain Fv" or "scFv" antibody fragments comprise the VH and VL domains of an antibody, wherein these domains are present in a single polypeptide chain. In some embodiments, the Fv polypeptide further comprises a polypeptide linker between the VH and VL domains that enables the scFv to form the desired structure for antigen binding. For a review of scFv, see Plückthun, in The Pharmacology of Monoclonal Antibodies, Vol. 113, Rosenburg and Moore, eds., Springer-Verlag, New York, pp. 269-315 (1994).

术语“双体抗体”指具有两个抗原结合位点的抗体小片段,所述小片段包括在相同的多肽链(VH-VL)中与轻链可变结构域(VL)连接的重链可变结构域(VH)。通过使用太短以至于不能引起相同链上两个结构域之间配对的接头,这些结构域被迫与另一条链的互补性结构域配对并且产生两个抗原结合位点。在例如EP 404,097;WO 93/11161;和Hollinger等人,Proc.Natl.Acad.Sci.USA 90:6444-6448(1993)中更充分地描述双体抗体。The term "diabody" refers to small antibody fragments with two antigen-binding sites, comprising a heavy-chain variable domain ( VH) connected to a light-chain variable domain (VL ) in the same polypeptide chain ( VH - VL ). By using a linker that is too short to allow pairing between the two domains on the same chain, the domains are forced to pair with the complementary domains of another chain and create two antigen-binding sites. Diabodies are described more fully in, for example, EP 404,097; WO 93/11161; and Hollinger et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 90:6444-6448 (1993).

术语“多特异性抗体”以最广意义使用并且特别地涵盖具有多表位特异性的抗体。这类多特异性抗体包括,但不限于包含重链可变结构域(VH)和轻链可变结构域(VL)的抗体,其中所述VHVL单位具有多表位特异性;具有两个或更多个VL结构域和VH结构域的其中每个VHVL单位与不同表位结合的抗体、具有两个或更多个单一可变结构域的其中每个单一可变结构域与不同表位结合的抗体;全长抗体;抗体片段如Fab、Fv、dsFv、scFv、双体抗体、双特异性双体抗体、三体抗体、三功能性抗体、已经共价或非共价连接的抗体片段。“多表位特异性”指与相同靶或不同靶上两个或更多个不同表位特异性结合的能力。“单特异性”指仅结合一个表位的能力。根据一个实施方案,所述多特异性抗体是以5μM至0.001pM、3μM至0.001pM、1μM至0.001pM、0.5μM至0.001pM或0.1μM至0.001pM的亲和力与每个表位结合的IgG抗体。The term "multispecific antibody" is used in the broadest sense and specifically encompasses antibodies with polyepitopic specificity. Such multispecific antibodies include, but are not limited to, antibodies comprising a heavy chain variable domain ( VH ) and a light chain variable domain ( VL ), wherein the VHVL unit has polyepitopic specificity; antibodies having two or more VL domains and VH domains, wherein each VHVL unit binds to a different epitope; antibodies having two or more single variable domains, wherein each single variable domain binds to a different epitope; full-length antibodies; antibody fragments such as Fab, Fv, dsFv, scFv, diabodies, bispecific diabodies, triabodies, trifunctional antibodies, antibody fragments that have been covalently or non-covalently linked. "Polyepitopic specificity" refers to the ability to specifically bind to two or more different epitopes on the same target or different targets. "Monospecificity" refers to the ability to bind to only one epitope. According to one embodiment, the multispecific antibody is an IgG antibody that binds to each epitope with an affinity of 5 μM to 0.001 pM, 3 μM to 0.001 pM, 1 μM to 0.001 pM, 0.5 μM to 0.001 pM, or 0.1 μM to 0.001 pM.

表述“单一结构域抗体”(sdAb)或“单一可变结构域(SVD)抗体”通常指其中单一可变结构域(VH或VL)可以赋予抗原结合作用的抗体。换而言之,单一可变结构域不需要与另一个可变结构域相互作用以识别靶抗原。单一结构域抗体的实例包括源自驼类(camelid)(羊驼和骆驼)和软骨鱼(例如,护士鲨)的那些和源自重组方法来自人和小鼠抗体(Nature(1989)341:544-546;Dev Comp Immunol(2006)30:43-56;Trend Biochem Sci(2001)26:230-235;Trends Biotechnol(2003):21:484-490;WO 2005/035572;WO 03/035694;FebsLett(1994)339:285-290;WO00/29004;WO 02/051870)的那些。The expression "single domain antibody" (sdAb) or "single variable domain (SVD) antibody" generally refers to an antibody in which a single variable domain (VH or VL) can confer antigen binding. In other words, the single variable domain does not need to interact with another variable domain to recognize the target antigen. Examples of single domain antibodies include those derived from camelids (alpacas and llamas) and cartilaginous fish (e.g., nurse sharks) and those derived from human and mouse antibodies by recombinant methods (Nature (1989) 341:544-546; Dev Comp Immunol (2006) 30:43-56; Trend Biochem Sci (2001) 26:230-235; Trends Biotechnol (2003):21:484-490; WO 2005/035572; WO 03/035694; Febs Lett (1994) 339:285-290; WO 00/29004; WO 02/051870).

如本文中所用的术语“单克隆抗体”指从基本上均一的抗体群体获得的抗体,即,构成该群体的各个抗体是相同的和/或结合相同的表位,除了在产生该单克隆抗体期间可能出现的可能变体之外,此类变体通常以微小的量存在。与一般包括针对不同决定簇(表位)的不同抗体的多克隆抗体制备物相反,每种单克隆抗体针对抗原上的单个决定簇。除了它们的特异性外,单克隆抗体的优势还在于它们不被其他免疫球蛋白混杂。修饰语“单克隆的”表明该抗体的特征为从基本上同质的抗体群体获得,并且不得解释为要求通过任何特定方法产生该抗体。例如,根据本文提供的方法待使用的单克隆抗体可以通过由Kohler等人,Nature256:495(1975)首次描述的杂交瘤方法产生,或可以通过重组DNA方法产生(见例如,美国专利号4,816,567)。“单克隆抗体”也可以使用例如在Clackson等人,Nature 352:624-628(1991)和Marks等人,J.Mol.Biol.222:581-597(1991)中描述的技术从噬菌体抗体文库分离。As used herein, the term "monoclonal antibody" refers to an antibody obtained from a substantially homogeneous antibody population, that is, each antibody constituting the population is identical and/or in conjunction with the same epitope, except for possible variants that may occur during the production of the monoclonal antibody, and such variants are generally present in a minute amount. In contrast to the polyclonal antibody preparations generally comprising different antibodies for different determinants (epitopes), each monoclonal antibody is directed against a single determinant on an antigen. In addition to their specificity, the advantage of monoclonal antibodies is that they are not mixed by other immunoglobulins. The modifier "monoclonal" indicates that the antibody is characterized by obtaining from a substantially homogeneous antibody population, and should not be interpreted as requiring the antibody to be produced by any ad hoc method. For example, the monoclonal antibody to be used according to the method provided herein can be produced by the hybridoma method described first by Kohler et al., Nature 256:495 (1975), or can be produced by recombinant DNA methods (see, for example, U.S. Patent number 4,816,567). "Monoclonal antibodies" can also be isolated from phage antibody libraries using, for example, the techniques described in Clackson et al., Nature 352:624-628 (1991) and Marks et al., J. Mol. Biol. 222:581-597 (1991).

本文中的“单克隆抗体”特别包括“嵌合抗体”(免疫球蛋白),其中重链和/或轻链的部分与源自特定物种或属于特定抗体类别或亚类的抗体中的相应序列相同或同源,同时所述链的其余部分与源自另一个物种或属于另一个抗体类别或亚类的抗体以及这种抗体的片段中的相应序列相同或同源,只要它们显示所需的生物学活性即可(美国专利号4,816,567;Morrison等人,Proc.Natl.Acad.Sci.USA 81:6851-6855(1984))。本文的目的嵌合抗体包括灵长类化抗体,所述灵长类化抗体包含源自非人灵长类(例如,例如旧世界猴,如狒狒、恒河猴或食蟹猴)的可变结构域抗原结合序列和人恒定区序列(美国专利号5,693,780)。"Monoclonal antibodies" herein specifically include "chimeric antibodies" (immunoglobulins) in which portions of the heavy and/or light chains are identical or homologous to corresponding sequences in antibodies derived from a particular species or belonging to a particular antibody class or subclass, while the remainder of the chain is identical or homologous to corresponding sequences in antibodies derived from another species or belonging to another antibody class or subclass, as well as fragments of such antibodies, as long as they exhibit the desired biological activity (U.S. Patent No. 4,816,567; Morrison et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 81: 6851-6855 (1984)). Chimeric antibodies of interest herein include primatized antibodies comprising variable domain antigen-binding sequences derived from non-human primates (e.g., Old World monkeys such as baboon, rhesus monkey or cynomolgus monkey) and human constant region sequences (U.S. Patent No. 5,693,780).

非人(例如,小鼠)抗体的“人源化”形式是含有从非人免疫球蛋白衍生的最少序列的嵌合抗体。对大部分情况而言,人源化抗体是这些人免疫球蛋白(受体抗体),其中来自所述受体的高变区中的残基由来自非人物种(供体抗体)如小鼠、大鼠、兔或非人灵长类动物的具有所需特异性、亲和力和能力的高变区中的残基替换。在一些情况下,人免疫球蛋白的构架区(FR)残基由相应的非人残基替换。另外,人源化抗体可以包含在受体抗体中或在供体抗体中不存在的残基。作出这些修饰以进一步改进抗体性能。通常,人源化抗体将包含至少1个、并且一般2个可变结构域的基本上全部,其中全部或基本上全部的高变环与非人免疫球蛋白的那些高变环对应并且全部或基本上全部的FR区是具有人免疫球蛋白序列的那些FR,例外是如上文所示的FR置换。人源化抗体任选地也将包含免疫球蛋白恒定区的至少一部分,一般是人免疫球蛋白恒定区的部分。对于进一步细节,参见Jones等人,Nature321:522-525(1986);Reichmann等人,Nature 332:323-329(1988);和Presta,Curr.Op.Struct.Biol.2:593-596(1992)。The " humanized " form of non-human (for example, mouse) antibody is a chimeric antibody containing the minimum sequence derived from non-human immunoglobulin. For most cases, humanized antibodies are these human immunoglobulins (receptor antibodies), wherein the residues from the hypervariable region of the receptor are replaced by residues from the hypervariable region with required specificity, affinity and ability of non-human species (donor antibody) such as mouse, rat, rabbit or non-human primate. In some cases, the framework region (FR) residues of human immunoglobulin are replaced by corresponding non-human residues. In addition, humanized antibodies can be included in the residues that do not exist in the receptor antibody or in the donor antibody. Make these modifications to further improve antibody performance. Generally, humanized antibodies will comprise at least 1 and generally all of 2 variable domains, wherein all or substantially all of the hypervariable loops correspond to those of non-human immunoglobulin and all or substantially all of the FR regions are those FRs with human immunoglobulin sequences, with the exception of FR replacements as shown above. The humanized antibody optionally also will comprise at least a portion of an immunoglobulin constant region, typically that of a human immunoglobulin. For further details, see Jones et al., Nature 321:522-525 (1986); Reichmann et al., Nature 332:323-329 (1988); and Presta, Curr. Op. Struct. Biol. 2:593-596 (1992).

出于本文中的目的,“完整抗体”是包含重链和轻链可变结构域以及Fc区的抗体。恒定结构域可以是天然序列恒定结构域(例如,人天然序列恒定结构域)或其氨基酸序列变体。优选地,完整抗体具有一种或多种效应子功能。For purposes herein, a "complete antibody" is an antibody comprising heavy and light chain variable domains and an Fc region. The constant domains may be native sequence constant domains (e.g., human native sequence constant domains) or amino acid sequence variants thereof. Preferably, the complete antibody has one or more effector functions.

“天然抗体”通常是由两条相同轻链(L)和两条相同重链(H)组成的约150,000道尔顿的异四聚体糖蛋白。每条轻链通过一个共价二硫键与重链连接,而二硫键的数目在不同免疫球蛋白同种型的重链之间不同。每条重链和轻链还具有规则间隔的链内二硫键。每条重链在一端具有可变结构域(VH),随后是多个恒定结构域。每条轻链在一端具有具有可变结构域(VL)并在另一端具有恒定结构域;轻链的恒定结构域与重链的第一恒定结构域对齐,并且轻链可变结构域与重链的可变结构域对齐。认为特殊氨基酸残基形成轻链可变结构域和重链可变结构域之间的界面。"Native antibodies" are typically heterotetrameric glycoproteins of approximately 150,000 daltons composed of two identical light (L) chains and two identical heavy (H) chains. Each light chain is linked to a heavy chain by one covalent disulfide bond, while the number of disulfide linkages varies between the heavy chains of different immunoglobulin isotypes. Each heavy and light chain also has regularly spaced intrachain disulfide bond. Each heavy chain has a variable domain ( VH ) at one end followed by a number of constant domains. Each light chain has a variable domain ( VL ) at one end and a constant domain at the other end; the constant domain of the light chain is aligned with the first constant domain of the heavy chain, and the light chain variable domain is aligned with the variable domain of the heavy chain. Specific amino acid residues are believed to form the interface between the light and heavy chain variable domains.

“裸抗体”是(如本文定义的)不与异源分子(如,细胞毒部分或放射标记物)缀合的抗体。A "naked antibody" is an antibody (as defined herein) that is not conjugated to a heterologous molecule (eg, a cytotoxic moiety or radiolabel).

在一些实施方案中,抗体“效应子功能”指归因于抗体Fc区(天然序列Fc区或氨基酸序列变体Fc区)的那些生物活性,并随抗体同种型而变动。抗体效应子功能的例子包括:C1q结合和补体依赖的细胞毒性;Fc受体结合作用;抗体依赖的细胞介导细胞毒性(ADCC);吞噬;下调细胞表面受体。In some embodiments, antibody "effector functions" refer to those biological activities attributable to the Fc region (a native sequence Fc region or an amino acid sequence variant Fc region) of an antibody, and vary with the antibody isotype. Examples of antibody effector functions include: C1q binding and complement-dependent cytotoxicity; Fc receptor binding; antibody-dependent cell-mediated cytotoxicity (ADCC); phagocytosis; and downregulation of cell surface receptors.

“依赖抗体的细胞介导细胞毒性”和“ADCC”指细胞介导的反应,其中表达Fc受体(FcR)的非特异性细胞毒细胞(例如,天然杀伤(NK)细胞、中性粒细胞和巨噬细胞)识别靶细胞上结合的抗体并且随后造成靶细胞的裂解。用于介导ADCC的主要细胞即NK细胞,仅表达FcγRIII,而单核细胞表达FcγRI、FcγRII和FcγRIII。造血细胞上的FcR表达在Ravetch和Kinet,Annu.Rev.Immunol 9:457-92(1991)第464页的表3中总结。为了评估目的分子的ADCC活性,可以进行体外ADCC测定法,如美国专利号5,500,362或5,821,337中描述的那种测定法。用于此类测定法的效应细胞包括外周血单核细胞(PBMC)和天然杀伤(NK)细胞。备选或额外地,可以在体内评估目的分子的ADCC活性,例如,在动物模型中,如在Clynes等人,Proc.Natl.Acad.Sci.(USA)95:652-656(1998)公开的那种动物模型中。"Antibody-dependent cell-mediated cytotoxicity" and "ADCC" refer to a cell-mediated reaction in which nonspecific cytotoxic cells expressing Fc receptors (FcRs) (e.g., natural killer (NK) cells, neutrophils, and macrophages) recognize bound antibodies on target cells and subsequently cause lysis of the target cells. The main cells used to mediate ADCC, namely NK cells, express only FcγRIII, while monocytes express FcγRI, FcγRII, and FcγRIII. FcR expression on hematopoietic cells is summarized in Table 3 of Ravetch and Kinet, Annu. Rev. Immunol 9: 457-92 (1991) page 464. In order to assess the ADCC activity of the target molecule, an in vitro ADCC assay, such as that described in U.S. Patent No. 5,500,362 or 5,821,337, can be performed. Effector cells used in such assays include peripheral blood mononuclear cells (PBMCs) and natural killer (NK) cells. Alternatively or additionally, ADCC activity of the molecule of interest can be assessed in vivo, eg, in a animal model such as that disclosed in Clynes et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. (USA) 95:652-656 (1998).

“人效应细胞”是表达一种或多种FcR并执行效应子功能的白细胞。在一些实施方案中,细胞表达至少FcγRIII并实施ADCC效应子功能。介导ADCC的人白细胞的例子包括外周血单核细胞(PBMC)、天然杀伤(NK)细胞、单核细胞、细胞毒T细胞和中性粒细胞,优选PBMC和NK细胞。"Human effector cells" are leukocytes that express one or more FcRs and perform effector functions. In some embodiments, the cells express at least FcγRIII and perform ADCC effector functions. Examples of human leukocytes that mediate ADCC include peripheral blood mononuclear cells (PBMCs), natural killer (NK) cells, monocytes, cytotoxic T cells, and neutrophils, with PBMCs and NK cells being preferred.

“补体依赖细胞毒性”或“CDC”指分子在补体存在下裂解靶细胞的能力。补体激活途径始于补体系统的第一组分(C1q)与复合于同族抗原的分子(例如,多肽(例如,抗体))的结合。为评估补体激活,可以进行CDC测定法,例如,如Gazzano-Santoro等人,J.Immunol.Methods 202:163(1996)中所述。"Complement-dependent cytotoxicity" or "CDC" refers to the ability of a molecule to lyse a target cell in the presence of complement. The complement activation pathway begins with the binding of the first component of the complement system (C1q) to a molecule (e.g., a polypeptide (e.g., an antibody)) complexed with a cognate antigen. To assess complement activation, a CDC assay can be performed, for example, as described in Gazzano-Santoro et al., J. Immunol. Methods 202:163 (1996).

术语“Fc受体”或“FcR”用来描述与抗体的Fc区结合的受体。在一些实施方案中,FcR是人天然序列FcR。另外,优选的FcR是结合IgG抗体(γ受体)的一种受体并且包括FcγRI、FcγRII和FcγRIII亚类受体,包括这些受体的等位变体和可变剪接形式。FcγRII受体包括FcγRIIA(“激活性受体”)和FcγRIIB(“抑制性受体”),它们具有主要在其胞质域内不同的相似氨基酸序列。激活性受体FcγRIIA在其胞质域中含有基于免疫受体酪氨酸的激活基序(ITAM)。抑制性受体FcγRIIB在其胞质域中含有基于免疫受体酪氨酸的抑制基序(ITIM)。(参见Annu.Rev.Immunol.15:203-234(1997))。FcR在Ravetch和Kinet,Annu.Rev.Immunol9:457-92(1991);Capel等人,Immunomethods 4:25-34(1994);和deHaas等人,J.Lab.Clin.Med.126:330-41(1995)中综述。本文中的术语“FcR”涵盖其他FcR,包括将来待鉴定的那些。该术语还包括负责转移母体IgG至胎儿的新生儿受体FcRn(Guyer等人,J.Immunol.117:587(1976)和Kim等人,J.Immunol.24:249(1994))。The term "Fc receptor" or "FcR" is used to describe a receptor that binds to the Fc region of an antibody. In some embodiments, the FcR is a human native sequence FcR. In addition, a preferred FcR is a receptor that binds to IgG antibodies (gamma receptors) and includes FcγRI, FcγRII and FcγRIII subclass receptors, including allelic variants and alternative splicing forms of these receptors. FcγRII receptors include FcγRIIA ("activating receptor") and FcγRIIB ("inhibitory receptor"), which have similar amino acid sequences that differ primarily in their cytoplasmic domains. The activating receptor FcγRIIA contains an immunoreceptor tyrosine-based activation motif (ITAM) in its cytoplasmic domain. The inhibitory receptor FcγRIIB contains an immunoreceptor tyrosine-based inhibition motif (ITIM) in its cytoplasmic domain. (See Annu. Rev. Immunol. 15: 203-234 (1997)). FcRs are reviewed in Ravetch and Kinet, Annu. Rev. Immunol 9:457-92 (1991); Capel et al., Immunomethods 4:25-34 (1994); and deHaas et al., J. Lab. Clin. Med. 126:330-41 (1995). The term "FcR" herein encompasses other FcRs, including those to be identified in the future. The term also includes the neonatal receptor FcRn, which is responsible for the transfer of maternal IgG to the fetus (Guyer et al., J. Immunol. 117:587 (1976) and Kim et al., J. Immunol. 24:249 (1994)).

“污染物”指与所需多肽产品不同的物质。在本发明的一些实施方案中,污染物包括多肽的电荷变体。在本发明的一些实施方案中,污染物包括抗体或抗体片段的电荷变体。在本发明的其他实施方案中,污染物包括而不限于:宿主细胞物质,如CHOP;溶出的蛋白A;核酸;所需多肽的变体、片段、聚集物或衍生物;另一种多肽;内毒素;病毒污染物;细胞培养基组分等。在一些例子中,污染物可以是宿主细胞蛋白(HCP),其来自例如但不限于细菌细胞如大肠杆菌细胞、昆虫细胞、原核细胞、真核细胞、酵母细胞、哺乳动物细胞、鸟类细胞、真菌细胞。"Contaminants" refer to substances that are different from the desired polypeptide product. In some embodiments of the present invention, contaminants include charge variants of polypeptides. In some embodiments of the present invention, contaminants include charge variants of antibodies or antibody fragments. In other embodiments of the present invention, contaminants include, but are not limited to: host cell substances, such as CHOP; dissolved protein A; nucleic acids; variants, fragments, aggregates or derivatives of the desired polypeptide; another polypeptide; endotoxins; viral contaminants; cell culture medium components, etc. In some examples, the contaminant can be a host cell protein (HCP), which comes from, for example, but not limited to, bacterial cells such as E. coli cells, insect cells, prokaryotic cells, eukaryotic cells, yeast cells, mammalian cells, avian cells, fungal cells.

如本文所用,术语“免疫黏附素”指抗体样分子,所述抗体样分子将异源多肽的结合特异性与免疫球蛋白恒定结构域的效应子功能合并。在结构上,免疫黏附素包括具有所需结合特异性的氨基酸序列与免疫球蛋白恒定结构域序列的融合物,所述氨基酸序列不是抗体的抗原识别和结合位点(即,是“异源”的)。免疫黏附素分子的黏附蛋白部分一般是至少包含受体或配体结合位点的连续氨基酸序列。免疫黏附素中的免疫球蛋白恒定结构域序列可以从任何免疫球蛋白获得,如IgG-1、IgG-2、IgG-3或IgG-4亚型、IgA(包括IgA-1和IgA-2)、IgE、IgD或IgM。As used herein, the term "immunoadhesin" refers to an antibody-like molecule that combines the binding specificity of a heterologous polypeptide with the effector function of an immunoglobulin constant domain. Structurally, an immunoadhesin comprises a fusion of an amino acid sequence with the desired binding specificity, which is not the antigen recognition and binding site of an antibody (i.e., is "heterologous"), and an immunoglobulin constant domain sequence. The adhesive protein portion of an immunoadhesin molecule is generally a continuous amino acid sequence that contains at least a receptor or ligand binding site. The immunoglobulin constant domain sequence in an immunoadhesin can be obtained from any immunoglobulin, such as IgG-1, IgG-2, IgG-3, or IgG-4 subtypes, IgA (including IgA-1 and IgA-2), IgE, IgD, or IgM.

如本文所用“基本上相同”表示值或参数尚未因明显作用改变。例如,如果没有明显改变离子强度,则层析流动相在柱出口处的离子强度基本上与流动相的初始离子强度相同。例如,在柱出口处于初始离子强度的10%、5%或1%范围内的离子强度基本上与初始离子强度相同。As used herein, "substantially the same" means that a value or parameter has not been changed by a significant action. For example, the ionic strength of the chromatographic mobile phase at the column outlet is substantially the same as the initial ionic strength of the mobile phase if the ionic strength has not been significantly changed. For example, an ionic strength at the column outlet that is within 10%, 5%, or 1% of the initial ionic strength is substantially the same as the initial ionic strength.

本文中对“约”某个值或参数的谈及包括(并且描述)涉及该值或参数本身的变例。例如,提到“约X”的描述包括对“X”的描述。Reference herein to "about" a value or parameter includes (and describes) variations involving the value or parameter itself. For example, a description referring to "about X" includes a description of "X."

如本文中所用,单数形式“一个(a)”、“一种(an)”和“该(the)”包括复数称谓,除非上下文另外清楚地说明。可以理解,本文所述发明的多个方面和变型包括“由……组成”和/或“基本上由……组成”方面和变型。As used herein, the singular forms "a," "an," and "the" include plural referents unless the context clearly dictates otherwise. It will be understood that the various aspects and variations of the invention described herein include "consisting of" and/or "consisting essentially of" aspects and variations.

II.层析方法II. Chromatographic Methods

A.确定最佳离子交换层析分离条件A. Determine the optimal ion exchange chromatography separation conditions

本发明提供预测最佳离子交换条件以如此对多肽进行IEC,从而使分离度随pH和温度变化的损失最小化的方法。在一些实施方案中,离子交换层析用来检测包含多肽的组合物中的污染物。在一些实施方案中,多肽是抗体或其抗原结合片段。在一些实施方案中,污染物是电荷变体;例如,多肽的碱性电荷变体和/或酸性电荷变体,包括抗体或抗体片段的碱性电荷变体和/或酸性电荷变体。The present invention provides methods for predicting optimal ion exchange conditions for performing IEC on polypeptides, thereby minimizing the loss of resolution due to changes in pH and temperature. In some embodiments, ion exchange chromatography is used to detect contaminants in compositions comprising polypeptides. In some embodiments, the polypeptide is an antibody or antigen-binding fragment thereof. In some embodiments, the contaminant is a charge variant; for example, a basic charge variant and/or an acidic charge variant of a polypeptide, including a basic charge variant and/or an acidic charge variant of an antibody or antibody fragment.

在本发明的一些实施方案中,确定其中多肽处于电荷平衡的条件。多肽的净电荷状态对pH作图说明了这种平衡。使用多肽的氨基酸序列产生曲线。斜率最接近于零的曲线区域代表电荷平衡。在平衡时,多肽的净电荷状态抵抗因pH变化所致的变化,在图形上显示为曲线上的最平坦区域(图1)。多肽电荷状态的稳定性促成测定法的稳健性。可以通过设定z与pH的直线等式的二阶导数等于0,解析其中多肽处于电荷平衡的条件。这在其中曲线从凹变凸或从凸变凹的曲线拐点。虽然这条曲线上存在多个拐点(IP)(图1中未显示),但是目的拐点处于其中斜率绝对值不再递减的生物学区域内部。这个IP产生明显稳健的方法,这归因于电荷状态相对于pH的稳定性。In some embodiments of the present invention, it is determined that the polypeptide is in a condition of charge balance. The net charge state of the polypeptide is plotted against pH to illustrate this balance. The curve is generated using the amino acid sequence of the polypeptide. The area of the curve where the slope is closest to zero represents charge balance. At equilibrium, the net charge state of the polypeptide resists changes due to pH changes, which is graphically displayed as the flattest area on the curve (Figure 1). The stability of the polypeptide charge state contributes to the robustness of the assay. The condition where the polypeptide is in charge balance can be analyzed by setting the second derivative of the straight line equation of z and pH to be equal to 0. This is the inflection point of the curve where the curve changes from concave to convex or from convex to concave. Although there are multiple inflection points (IP) on this curve (not shown in Figure 1), the inflection point of interest is inside the biological region where the absolute value of the slope no longer decreases. This IP produces a significantly robust method, which is attributed to the stability of the charge state relative to pH.

多肽的电荷平衡是用于IEC分离的理想最佳电荷,因为可以在一系列pH值范围内检测到与靶多肽相比具有轻微净电荷差异的污染物。这归因于构成多肽的氨基酸的结构和特性。六种氨基酸用来计算净电荷状态(z)(表1),原因是它们在限定蛋白质的pH依赖性特征中发挥重要作用。酸解离常数pKa定义为(-log10Ka)并且基于恒定比率[A-]/[HA],用来计算氨基酸的电荷状态。结果不是实际值,而是这种电荷状态的概率P。The charge balance of a peptide is ideal for IEC separations because contaminants with slight net charge differences compared to the target peptide can be detected over a range of pH values. This is attributed to the structure and properties of the amino acids that make up the peptide. Six amino acids are used to calculate the net charge state (z) (Table 1) because they play an important role in defining the pH-dependent characteristics of proteins. The acid dissociation constant, pKa, is defined as (-log 10 Ka) and is used to calculate the charge state of an amino acid based on the constant ratio [A-]/[HA]. The result is not an actual value, but rather the probability P of this charge state.

表1.所选择氨基酸的酸解离常数。Table 1. Acid dissociation constants of selected amino acids.

等式1Equation 1

例如在pH 6.5对组氨酸使用等式1,P=10(6.5-6)/(10(6.5-6)+1)≈0.76。这表示含有10个组氨酸残基的多肽中的每个组氨酸残基在pH 6.5时将具有76%的去质子化可能,而非+0.24电荷(1-0.76)。也就是说,在pH 6.5,多肽每四个组氨酸残基有大约三个将去质子化。这可以与多肽在pH 7.5时的计算值比较(图2B),其几乎全部组氨酸残基去质子化。最盛行电荷状态的频率随着pH接近氨基酸侧链的pKa而下降。For example, using Equation 1 for histidine at pH 6.5, P = 10 (6.5-6) / (10 (6.5-6) + 1) ≈ 0.76. This means that each histidine residue in a polypeptide containing 10 histidine residues will have a 76% chance of being deprotonated at pH 6.5, rather than a +0.24 charge (1-0.76). In other words, at pH 6.5, approximately three out of every four histidine residues in the polypeptide will be deprotonated. This can be compared to the calculated value for the polypeptide at pH 7.5 (Figure 2B), where nearly all histidine residues are deprotonated. The frequency of the most prevalent charge state decreases as the pH approaches the pKa of the amino acid side chain.

将这个等式应用于关键氨基酸说明了为何在平衡处操作提供最佳分离度。在这个pH范围加权六种电荷-确定(charge-determining)的氨基酸的概率,可以求得最均匀的电荷状态(图3)。因质子化种类的概率分布所致的不同电荷状态的存在将使结果模糊不清并妨碍检测与主题多肽相比具有净电荷分布细微变化的污染物的能力。在一些实施方案中,绘制净电荷分布对pH的3D图。其中电荷对pH对频率的峰最尖锐情况下,实现较高分离度(图5)。因此,用于稳健性的相同pH和温度条件产生最佳分离度。Applying this equation to key amino acids illustrates why operating at equilibrium provides the best separation. Weighting the probabilities of the six charge-determining amino acids over this pH range yields the most uniform charge state ( FIG. 3 ). The presence of different charge states due to the probability distribution of protonated species will obscure the results and hinder the ability to detect contaminants with slightly different net charge distributions compared to the subject polypeptide. In some embodiments, a 3D plot of net charge distribution versus pH is drawn. Higher separation is achieved when the peaks of charge versus pH versus frequency are sharpest ( FIG. 5 ). Thus, identical pH and temperature conditions for robustness produce the best separation.

在本发明的一些实施方案中,通过香农熵确定电荷分布频率,所述香农熵是随机变量不确定性的量度(等式2)。基于多肽中存在的六种氨基酸(赖氨酸、组氨酸、天冬氨酸、谷氨酸、酪氨酸和精氨酸)的各自残基数目,多肽在给定pH的香农熵标绘为给定温度时pH的函数(图4)。香农熵越低,电荷分布越均匀。在本发明的一些实施方案中,层析在其中香农熵处于约最小值的pH和温度进行。In some embodiments of the present invention, the charge distribution frequency is determined by Shannon entropy, which is a measure of the uncertainty of a random variable (Equation 2). Based on the number of residues of the six amino acids present in the polypeptide (lysine, histidine, aspartic acid, glutamic acid, tyrosine, and arginine), the Shannon entropy of the polypeptide at a given pH is plotted as a function of pH at a given temperature (Fig. 4). The lower the Shannon entropy, the more uniform the charge distribution. In some embodiments of the present invention, chromatography is performed at a pH and temperature at which the Shannon entropy is approximately minimum.

等式2Equation 2

其中:in:

n=可能的结果(n=2,质子化或去质子化)n = possible outcomes (n = 2, protonation or deprotonation)

P=结果或事件的概率(xi)(参见等式1)P = probability of outcome or event ( xi ) (see Equation 1)

b=#试验(带电荷氨基酸残基数目)b = # trials (number of charged amino acid residues)

在本发明的一些实施方案中,如此确定多种不同多肽的最佳离子交换层析分离条件,从而使用共同的层析方法用来分析多种多肽产品;例如多种抗体产品。在一些实施方案中,使用通过本文所述的方法确定的共同层析方法,对多种多肽产品(例如,多种抗体产品)分析污染物(如电荷变体)的存在。本发明的显著优点是,多种多肽(包括多种mAb)的IP在相同的pH处出现(图7),仅因在这个拐点时电荷数目而不同。因此,用于这些多肽的全部IEC的最佳条件将相同;即,在其中多肽处于电荷平衡的pH和温度。In some embodiments of the present invention, the optimal ion exchange chromatography separation conditions for a variety of different polypeptides are determined so that a common chromatography method is used to analyze a variety of polypeptide products; for example, a variety of antibody products. In some embodiments, a common chromatography method determined by the methods described herein is used to analyze a variety of polypeptide products (e.g., a variety of antibody products) for the presence of contaminants (such as charge variants). A significant advantage of the present invention is that the IPs of a variety of polypeptides (including a variety of mAbs) appear at the same pH ( FIG. 7 ), differing only by the number of charges at this inflection point. Therefore, the optimal conditions for all IECs of these polypeptides will be the same; that is, at a pH and temperature at which the polypeptides are in charge equilibrium.

为了确保条件变化将不造成偏离IP,使用术语dIP/dT值。蛋白质的dIP/dT是多肽的净电荷对pH曲线拐点相对于温度变化而言的变化。给定多肽的拐点将基于测定净电荷对pH曲线的温度波动。但是,虽然拐点pH随温度增加而下降(例如参见图8和图9),但是净电荷保持恒定。因此,针对拐点而优化层析还向离子交换方法提供对抗温度波动的稳健性。In order to ensure that the change in conditions will not cause deviation from the IP, the term dIP/dT value is used. The dIP/dT of a protein is the change in the net charge of the polypeptide to the pH curve inflection point relative to temperature changes. The inflection point of a given polypeptide will be based on the temperature fluctuations of the net charge to pH curve. However, although the inflection point pH decreases with increasing temperature (see, for example, Figures 8 and 9), the net charge remains constant. Therefore, optimizing chromatography for the inflection point also provides ion exchange methods with robustness against temperature fluctuations.

在一些实施方案中,本发明提供一种用于确定离子交换层析类型以用于多种多肽中给定多肽的手段。例如,如果净电荷在拐点处为正,则使用阳离子交换层析材料。下文提供阳离子交换层析材料的非限制性例子。在一些实施方案中,共同阳离子交换层析方法用来分析多种多肽(例如抗体),其中多种多肽在共同拐点处具有净正电荷。如果净电荷在拐点处为负,则使用阴离子交换层析材料。下文提供阴离子交换层析材料的非限制性例子。在一些实施方案中,共同阴离子交换层析方法用来分析多种多肽(例如抗体),其中多种多肽在共同拐点处具有净负电荷。B.确定最佳缓冲体系In some embodiments, the present invention provides a means for determining the type of ion exchange chromatography to use for a given polypeptide in a plurality of polypeptides. For example, if the net charge is positive at the inflection point, a cation exchange chromatography material is used. Non-limiting examples of cation exchange chromatography materials are provided below. In some embodiments, a common cation exchange chromatography method is used to analyze a plurality of polypeptides (e.g., antibodies), wherein the plurality of polypeptides have a net positive charge at a common inflection point. If the net charge is negative at the inflection point, an anion exchange chromatography material is used. Non-limiting examples of anion exchange chromatography materials are provided below. In some embodiments, a common anion exchange chromatography method is used to analyze a plurality of polypeptides (e.g., antibodies), wherein the plurality of polypeptides have a net negative charge at a common inflection point. B. Determining the Optimal Buffer System

在一些实施方案中,本发明提供用于选择层析方法中使用的最佳缓冲剂的方法。在一些实施方案中,层析方法中使用具有这样的酸解离常数(pKa)变化率的缓冲体系,该变化率与拐点变化和温度变化的变化率相似。选择其中pKa相对于温度变化的变化(即dpKa/dT)大约等于蛋白质的dIP/dT的缓冲剂确保了任何温度变化将允许蛋白质保持在IP处,因而有助于分析性层析的稳健性。在一些实施方案中,(dIP/dT)多肽≈(dpKa/dT)缓冲剂。在一些实施方案中,缓冲剂是ACES缓冲剂或HEPES缓冲剂。例如使用ACES或HEPES缓冲剂,示例性mAb在拐点处的电荷状态在30℃以上变动小于0.5(图11)。In some embodiments, the present invention provides methods for selecting the optimal buffer for use in a chromatography method. In some embodiments, a buffer system is used in the chromatography method with a rate of change of the acid dissociation constant (pKa) that is similar to the rate of change of the inflection point and the temperature change. Selecting a buffer in which the change in pKa relative to the temperature change (i.e., dpKa/dT) is approximately equal to the dIP/dT of the protein ensures that any temperature change will allow the protein to remain at IP, thereby contributing to the robustness of the analytical chromatography. In some embodiments, (dIP/dT) polypeptide ≈ (dpKa/dT) buffer . In some embodiments, the buffer is an ACES buffer or a HEPES buffer. For example, using ACES or HEPES buffer, the charge state of the exemplary mAb at the inflection point varies by less than 0.5 above 30°C (Figure 11).

等式3dIP/dT≈dpKa/dTEquation 3dIP/dT≈dpKa/dT

在一些实施方案中,缓冲剂在拐点pH提供有效缓冲容量。在一些实施方案中,多肽的dIP/dT是约-0.02。在一些实施方案中,温度变化是从约20℃至约50℃。在一些实施方案中,dIP/dT=dpKa/dT±1%,dIP/dT=dpKa/dT±2%,dIP/dT=dpKa/dT±3%,dIP/dT=dpKa/dT±4%,dIP/dT=dpKa/dT±5%,dIP/dT=dpKa/dT±6%,dIP/dT=dpKa/dT±7%,dIP/dT=dpKa/dT±8%,dIP/dT=dpKa/dT±9%,dIP/dT=dpKa/dT±10%,dIP/dT=dpKa/dT±20%,dIP/dT=dpKa/dT±30%,dIP/dT=dpKa/dT±40%,或dIP/dT=dpKa/dT±50%。在一些实施方案中,多肽在所选择缓冲剂中的净电荷在高于约5℃、10℃、15℃、20℃、25℃或30℃变动小于1。In some embodiments, the buffer provides effective buffering capacity at the inflection point pH. In some embodiments, the dIP/dT of the polypeptide is about -0.02. In some embodiments, the temperature change is from about 20°C to about 50°C. In some embodiments, dIP/dT=dpKa/dT±1%, dIP/dT=dpKa/dT±2%, dIP/dT=dpKa/dT±3%, dIP/dT=dpKa/dT±4%, dIP/dT=dpKa/dT±5%, dIP/dT=dpKa/dT±6%, dIP/dT=dpKa/dT±7 %, dIP/dT=dpKa/dT±8%, dIP/dT=dpKa/dT±9%, dIP/dT=dpKa/dT±10%, dIP/dT=dpK a/dT±20%, dIP/dT=dpKa/dT±30%, dIP/dT=dpKa/dT±40%, or dIP/dT=dpKa/dT±50%. In some embodiments, the net charge of the polypeptide in the selected buffer varies by less than 1 above about 5°C, 10°C, 15°C, 20°C, 25°C, or 30°C.

在一些实施方案中,本发明提供了开发高分辨和稳健多产品多肽IEC以检测污染物如电荷变体的方法。如此设计条件,从而多肽(例如mAb)处于电荷平衡以改善带电荷变体与亲本多肽的分离度。通过经计算的净电荷状态(z)对pH作图,确定多种多肽产品(例如mAb产品)的电荷平衡。通过设定z与pH的直线等式的二阶导数等于0,解析其中多肽处于电荷平衡的条件。In some embodiments, the present invention provides methods for developing high-resolution and robust multi-product polypeptide IECs to detect contaminants such as charge variants. Conditions are designed such that the polypeptides (e.g., mAbs) are in charge equilibrium to improve the separation of charged variants from the parent polypeptide. The charge balance of multiple polypeptide products (e.g., mAb products) is determined by plotting the calculated net charge state (z) against pH. Conditions in which the polypeptides are in charge equilibrium are resolved by setting the second derivative of the linear equation of z and pH to 0.

基于mAb中六种氨基酸的含量,确定多肽在给定pH的净电荷,其中所述六种氨基酸在通过它们的侧链限定蛋白质的pH依赖性特征方面发挥重要作用。这六个氨基酸是天冬酰胺、谷氨酸、组氨酸、酪氨酸、赖氨酸和精氨酸。这六种氨基酸的酸解离常数(pKa,定义为-log10Ka)用来计算净电荷状态(z)(表1)。例如,在低于6.02的pH值,平均组氨酸质子化并且携带正电荷,而在高于6.02的pH值,平均组氨酸去质子化并且不携带电荷。对于这六种氨基酸的每一种,确定相对于给定的pH而言最常见电荷状态的概率并且基于抗体中存在的这六种氨基酸的各自残基数目,确定mAb1在给定pH的加权电荷概率。也可以通过香农熵确定电荷分布频率,所述香农熵是随机变量不确定性的量度(等式3)。基于多肽中存在的这六种氨基酸的各自残基数目,多肽在给定pH的香农熵可以标绘为pH的函数。香农熵越低,电荷分布越均匀。从这份数据,将多肽的净电荷分布作为pH的函数作图并确定最接近中性pH的拐点(IP)。这是具有最均匀电荷状态的pH并且将导致IEC分离中最尖锐的峰。为了开发一种多产品IEC方案,确定具有不同pI的多种靶多肽(例如靶MAb)的拐点。靶向该IP可以改善IEC的pH稳健性。Based on the content of six kinds of amino acids in mAb, the net charge of polypeptide at given pH is determined, wherein the six kinds of amino acids play an important role in limiting the pH dependency characteristics of proteins by their side chains. These six amino acids are asparagine, glutamic acid, histidine, tyrosine, lysine and arginine. The acid dissociation constant (pKa, defined as -log 10 Ka) of these six kinds of amino acids is used to calculate net charge state (z) (Table 1). For example, at a pH value lower than 6.02, average histidine is protonated and carries a positive charge, while at a pH value higher than 6.02, average histidine is deprotonated and does not carry a charge. For each of these six kinds of amino acids, the probability of the most common charge state relative to a given pH is determined and based on the respective number of residues of these six kinds of amino acids present in the antibody, the weighted charge probability of mAb1 at a given pH is determined. Charge distribution frequency can also be determined by Shannon entropy, which is a measure of random variable uncertainty (Equation 3). Based on the respective number of residues of these six kinds of amino acids present in the polypeptide, the Shannon entropy of polypeptide at a given pH can be plotted as a function of pH. The lower the Shannon entropy, the more uniform the charge distribution. From this data, the net charge distribution of the polypeptides was plotted as a function of pH and the inflection point (IP) closest to neutral pH was determined. This is the pH with the most uniform charge state and will result in the sharpest peak in the IEC separation. To develop a multi-product IEC solution, the inflection point is determined for multiple target polypeptides (e.g., target MAbs) with different pIs. Targeting this IP can improve the pH robustness of IEC.

术语dIP/dT表示分子IP随温度变化的变化。从这些结果中,可以选择最佳缓冲剂,其中该缓冲剂的酸解离常数随温度变化的变化逼近dIP/dT(即,dIP/dT≈dpKa/dT)以最大限度减少温度影响并改善测定法稳健性。对于众多缓冲剂,随温度变化而变化的发表的pKa变化值(dpKa/dT)如下:磷酸盐:-0.0028;HEPES:-0.014;ACES:-0.02;Tris:-0.028;N,N-二羟乙基甘氨酸:-0.018;三(羟甲基)甲基甘氨酸:-0.021;TAPS:-0.02;和CHES:-0.018(Benyon,RJ和Easterby,JS,Buffer Solutions The Basics,IRL Press,1996)。The term dIP/dT represents the change in the molecular IP with temperature. From these results, an optimal buffer can be selected where the change in the acid dissociation constant of the buffer with temperature approaches dIP/dT (i.e., dIP/dT ≈ dpKa/dT) to minimize temperature effects and improve assay robustness. For a number of buffers, published values for the change in pKa with temperature (dpKa/dT) are as follows: phosphate: -0.0028; HEPES: -0.014; ACES: -0.02; Tris: -0.028; Bicine: -0.018; Tris: -0.021; TAPS: -0.02; and CHES: -0.018 (Benyon, RJ and Easterby, JS, Buffer Solutions The Basics, IRL Press, 1996).

在一些方面,本发明提供用于分析多种抗体组合物的方法,其中每种抗体组合物包含抗体和所述抗体的一个或多个电荷变体,其中所述方法有效地将抗体与其电荷变体分离;对于每种抗体组合物,所述方法包括,a)使用流速约1mL/分钟的上样缓冲液,使抗体和一种多种电荷变体与离子交换层析材料结合,其中上样缓冲液包含在约pH 7.6在约40℃的10mM HEPES缓冲剂;b)使用洗脱缓冲液的梯度,从离子交换层析材料洗脱抗体和电荷变体污染物,其中洗脱缓冲液包含在约pH 7.6的约10mM HEPES缓冲剂和NaCl,其中NaCl在梯度中的浓度在约40分钟内从约0mM增加至约80mM,其中抗体及其电荷变体由梯度分离;并且c)检测抗体和一种或多种电荷变体。在一些实施方案中,多种抗体组合物包含不同抗体。在一些实施方案中,多种抗体组合物包含具有不同pI的抗体。In some aspects, the present invention provides a method for analyzing a plurality of antibody compositions, wherein each antibody composition comprises an antibody and one or more charge variants of the antibody, wherein the method effectively separates the antibody from its charge variant; for each antibody composition, the method comprises, a) using a loading buffer with a flow rate of about 1 mL/minute, binding the antibody and one or more charge variants to an ion exchange chromatography material, wherein the loading buffer comprises 10 mM HEPES buffer at about pH 7.6 at about 40° C.; b) eluting the antibody and charge variant contaminants from the ion exchange chromatography material using a gradient of elution buffer, wherein the elution buffer comprises about 10 mM HEPES buffer at about pH 7.6 and NaCl, wherein the concentration of NaCl in the gradient increases from about 0 mM to about 80 mM in about 40 minutes, wherein the antibody and its charge variant are separated by the gradient; and c) detecting the antibody and one or more charge variants. In some embodiments, the plurality of antibody compositions comprise different antibodies. In some embodiments, the plurality of antibody compositions comprise antibodies with different pIs.

C.层析C. Chromatography

在一些方面,本发明提供了分析包含多肽和一种或多种污染物(例如多肽变体)的组合物的方法,所述方法包括使用具有初始离子强度的上样缓冲液,使多肽和一种或多种污染物与离子交换层析材料结合;使用洗脱缓冲液从离子交换柱洗脱多肽和一种或多种污染物,在所述洗脱缓冲液中,通过离子强度梯度如此改变洗脱缓冲液的离子强度,从而多肽和一种或多种污染物作为不同的分离实体从层析材料洗脱。在一些实施方案中,层析方法适于具有不同pI的多种多肽(例如多肽产品)。例如,该方法可以用于具有范围从6.0至9.5的pI的多种不同抗体产品。在其他实施方案中,层析方法包括使用通过本文所述方法确定的最佳缓冲剂。In some aspects, the invention provides methods for analyzing a composition comprising a polypeptide and one or more contaminants (e.g., polypeptide variants), the method comprising combining the polypeptide and one or more contaminants with an ion exchange chromatography material using a loading buffer having an initial ionic strength; eluting the polypeptide and one or more contaminants from the ion exchange column using an elution buffer, wherein the ionic strength of the elution buffer is varied by an ionic strength gradient such that the polypeptide and one or more contaminants are eluted from the chromatography material as distinct separate entities. In some embodiments, the chromatography method is suitable for a variety of polypeptides (e.g., polypeptide products) having different pIs. For example, the method can be used for a variety of different antibody products having a pI ranging from 6.0 to 9.5. In other embodiments, the chromatography method comprises using an optimal buffer determined by the methods described herein.

在本文所述的任何方法的一些实施方案中,层析材料是阳离子交换材料。在一些实施方案中,当多肽在如本文所述的拐点处带正电荷时,使用阳离子交换材料。在一些实施方案中,阳离子交换材料是这样的固相,所述固相带负电荷并且具有自由阳离子以便与通过或穿过固相的水溶液中阳离子交换。在本文所述的任何方法的一些实施方案中,阳离子交换材料可以是膜、单块(monolith)或树脂。在一些实施方案中,阳离子交换材料可以是树脂。阳离子交换材料可以包含羧酸官能团或磺酸官能团,如但不限于磺酸酯、羧基、羧甲基磺酸、磺异丁基、磺乙基、羧基、磺丙基、磺酰基、亚硫酰乙基或正磷酸酯。在上述的一些实施方案中,阳离子交换层析材料是阳离子交换层析柱。在一些实施方案中,阳离子交换层析材料用于具有范围从约7.0至约9.5的pI的不同多肽,例如不同的抗体或其片段。在一些实施方案中,阳离子交换层析材料用于使用通过本文所述的方法确定的最佳缓冲剂的层析方法中。In some embodiments of any method as described herein, the chromatography material is a cation exchange material. In some embodiments, when polypeptide is positively charged at the inflection point as described herein, a cation exchange material is used. In some embodiments, the cation exchange material is such a solid phase, and the solid phase is negatively charged and has free cations so as to exchange cations with the aqueous solution through or through the solid phase. In some embodiments of any method as described herein, the cation exchange material can be a membrane, a monolith (monolith) or a resin. In some embodiments, the cation exchange material can be a resin. The cation exchange material can include a carboxylic acid functional group or a sulfonic acid functional group, such as but not limited to sulfonate, carboxyl, carboxymethyl sulfonic acid, sulfoisobutyl, sulfoethyl, carboxyl, sulfopropyl, sulfonyl, sulfinylethyl or orthophosphate. In some embodiments above, the cation exchange chromatography material is a cation exchange chromatography column. In some embodiments, the cation exchange chromatography material is used for different polypeptides with a pI ranging from about 7.0 to about 9.5, such as different antibodies or their fragments. In some embodiments, the cation exchange chromatography material is used for the chromatography method using the best buffer determined by the method as described herein.

阳离子交换材料的例子是本领域已知,包括但不限于Mustang S、Sartobind S、SO3Monolith、S Ceramic HyperD、Poros XS、Poros HS50、Poros HS20、SPSFF、SP-Sepharose XL(SPXL)、CM Sepharose Fast Flow、Capto S、Fractogel Se HiCap、Fractogel SO3或Fractogel COO。在本文所述的任何方法的一些实施方案中,阳离子交换材料是Poros HS50。在一些实施方案中,Poros HS树脂可以是Poros HS 50μm或Poros HS20μm颗粒。用于本发明方法中的阳离子交换层析柱的例子包括但不限于ProPac WCX-10、ProPac WCX-10HT、MabPac SCX-10 5μm和MabPac SCX-10 10μm。Examples of cation exchange materials are known in the art and include, but are not limited to, Mustang S, Sartobind S, SO3Monolith, S Ceramic HyperD, Poros XS, Poros HS50, Poros HS20, SPSFF, SP-Sepharose XL (SPXL), CM Sepharose Fast Flow, Capto S, Fractogel Se HiCap, Fractogel SO3, or Fractogel COO. In some embodiments of any of the methods described herein, the cation exchange material is Poros HS50. In some embodiments, the Poros HS resin can be Poros HS 50 μm or Poros HS 20 μm particles. Examples of cation exchange chromatography columns for use in the methods of the present invention include, but are not limited to, ProPac WCX-10, ProPac WCX-10HT, MabPac SCX-10 5 μm, and MabPac SCX-10 10 μm.

在本文所述的任何方法的一些实施方案中,层析材料是阴离子交换材料。在一些实施方案中,当多肽在如本文所述的拐点处带负电荷时,使用阴离子交换材料。在一些实施方案中,阴离子交换层析材料是这样的固相,所述固相带正电荷并且具有自由阴离子以便与通过或穿过固相的水溶液中阴离子交换。在本文所述的任何方法的一些实施方案中,阴离子交换材料可以是膜、单块或树脂。在一个实施方案中,阴离子交换材料可以是树脂。在一些实施方案中,阴离子交换材料可以包含伯胺、仲胺、叔胺或季铵离子官能团、多胺官能团或二乙基氨基乙基官能团。在上述的一些实施方案中,阴离子交换层析材料是阴离子交换层析柱。在一些实施方案中,阴离子交换层析材料例如用于pI小于约7的多肽,例如抗体或其片段。在一些实施方案中,阴离子交换层析材料用于具有范围从约4.5至约7.0的pI的不同多肽,例如不同的抗体或其片段。在一些实施方案中,阴离子交换层析材料用于使用通过本文所述的方法确定的最佳缓冲剂的层析方法中。In some embodiments of any method described herein, the chromatography material is an anion exchange material. In some embodiments, when the polypeptide is negatively charged at the inflection point as described herein, an anion exchange material is used. In some embodiments, the anion exchange chromatography material is such a solid phase, which is positively charged and has free anions so as to exchange anions with an aqueous solution passing through or through the solid phase. In some embodiments of any method described herein, the anion exchange material can be a membrane, a monolith or a resin. In one embodiment, the anion exchange material can be a resin. In some embodiments, the anion exchange material can include primary amine, secondary amine, tertiary amine or quaternary ammonium ion functional groups, polyamine functional groups or diethylaminoethyl functional groups. In some of the above-mentioned embodiments, the anion exchange chromatography material is an anion exchange chromatography column. In some embodiments, the anion exchange chromatography material is for example used for polypeptides with a pI less than about 7, such as antibodies or their fragments. In some embodiments, the anion exchange chromatography material is used for different polypeptides with a pI ranging from about 4.5 to about 7.0, such as different antibodies or their fragments. In some embodiments, anion exchange chromatography materials are used in chromatography methods using an optimal buffer determined by the methods described herein.

阴离子交换材料的例子是本领域已知的并且包括但不限于Poros HQ 50、PorosPI 50、Poros D、Mustang Q、Q Sepharose FF和DEAE Sepharose。用于本发明方法中的阴离子交换层析柱的例子包括但不限于Dionex ProPac 10SAX和Tosoh GSKgel Q STAT 7μMWAX。Examples of anion exchange materials are known in the art and include, but are not limited to, Poros HQ 50, Poros PI 50, Poros D, Mustang Q, Q Sepharose FF, and DEAE Sepharose. Examples of anion exchange chromatography columns for use in the methods of the present invention include, but are not limited to, Dionex ProPac 10SAX and Tosoh GSKgel Q STAT 7μMWAX.

在本文所述的任何方法的一些实施方案中,层析材料是包含官能团的混合模式材料,所述官能团能够执行以下一种或多种功能:阴离子交换、阳离子交换、成氢键和疏水相互作用。在一些实施方案中,混合模式材料包含能够进行阴离子交换和疏水相互作用的官能团。混合模式材料可以含有N-苄基-N-甲基乙醇胺、4-巯基-乙基-吡啶、己胺或苯基丙基胺作为配体或含有交联聚烯丙基胺。混合模式材料的例子包括Capto Adhere树脂、QMA树脂、Capto MMC树脂、MEP HyperCel树脂、HEA HyperCel树脂、PPA HyperCel树脂或ChromaSorb膜或者Sartobind STIC。在一些实施方案中,混合模式材料是Capto Adhere树脂。在上述的一些实施方案中,混合模式材料是混合模式层析柱。In some embodiments of any method described herein, the chromatography material is a mixed mode material comprising functional groups capable of performing one or more of the following functions: anion exchange, cation exchange, hydrogen bonding, and hydrophobic interaction. In some embodiments, the mixed mode material comprises functional groups capable of performing anion exchange and hydrophobic interaction. The mixed mode material can contain N-benzyl-N-methylethanolamine, 4-mercapto-ethyl-pyridine, hexylamine, or phenylpropylamine as a ligand or contain cross-linked polyallylamine. Examples of mixed mode materials include Capto Adhere resin, QMA resin, Capto MMC resin, MEP HyperCel resin, HEA HyperCel resin, PPA HyperCel resin, or ChromaSorb membrane or Sartobind STIC. In some embodiments, the mixed mode material is Capto Adhere resin. In some of the above-mentioned embodiments, the mixed mode material is a mixed mode chromatography column.

在本文所述的任何方法的一些实施方案中,离子交换材料可以利用常规层析材料或对流层析材料。常规层析材料例如包括,渗透性材料(例如,聚(苯乙烯-二乙烯基苯)树脂)和扩散性材料(例如,交联琼脂糖树脂)。在一些实施方案中,聚(苯乙烯-二乙烯基苯)树脂可以是Poros树脂。在一些实施方案中,交联琼脂糖树脂可以是磺丙基-琼脂糖凝胶快流(“SPSFF”)树脂。对流层析材料可以是膜(例如,聚醚砜)或单块材料(例如交联聚合物)。聚醚砜膜可以是Mustang。交联聚合物单块材料可以是交联聚(甲基丙烯酸缩水甘油酯-共-二甲基丙烯酸乙酯)。In some embodiments of any of the methods described herein, the ion exchange material can utilize conventional chromatography materials or counter-current chromatography materials. Conventional chromatography materials include, for example, permeability materials (e.g., poly(styrene-divinylbenzene) resins) and diffusivity materials (e.g., cross-linked agarose resins). In some embodiments, the poly(styrene-divinylbenzene) resin can be a Poros resin. In some embodiments, the cross-linked agarose resin can be a sulfopropyl-sepharose fast flow ("SPSFF") resin. The counter-current chromatography material can be a membrane (e.g., polyethersulfone) or a monolithic material (e.g., a cross-linked polymer). The polyethersulfone membrane can be Mustang. The cross-linked polymer monolithic material can be a cross-linked poly(glycidyl methacrylate-co-ethyl dimethacrylate).

在本发明任何方法的一些实施方案中,层析材料是在层析柱中;例如在阳离子交换层析柱或阴离子交换层析柱中。在一些实施方案中,层析柱用于液相层析。在一些实施方案中,层析柱用于高效液相层析(HPLC)。在一些实施方案中,层析柱是HPLC层析柱;例如,阳离子交换HPLC柱或阴离子交换HPLC柱。In some embodiments of any of the methods of the invention, the chromatography material is in a chromatography column; for example, in a cation exchange chromatography column or an anion exchange chromatography column. In some embodiments, the chromatography column is used for liquid chromatography. In some embodiments, the chromatography column is used for high performance liquid chromatography (HPLC). In some embodiments, the chromatography column is an HPLC chromatography column; for example, a cation exchange HPLC column or an anion exchange HPLC column.

可以用于本发明多产品层析方法的示例性HPLC方法如下;然而,本发明的方法不得解释受这些方法限制。将样品添加至自动采样器并冷藏(5±3℃)。柱置于柱温箱中并且温度控制特征可以在分析期间用来将柱温箱温度保持在距设定点的狭窄范围(±1℃)内。在280nm监测柱流出物。An exemplary HPLC method that can be used for the multi-product chromatography method of the present invention is as follows; however, the method of the present invention should not be construed as being limited by these methods. The sample is added to an autosampler and refrigerated (5 ± 3°C). The column is placed in a column oven and a temperature control feature can be used to maintain the column oven temperature within a narrow range (± 1°C) from the set point during analysis. The column effluent is monitored at 280nm.

将样品用流动相稀释到大约1-2mg/mL的目标多肽浓度。在一些实施方案中,可以将多肽用按照1:100(w/w)比例添加的羧肽酶B(CpB)消化并在37℃孵育20分钟。可以将样品贮存在5℃直至分析。The sample is diluted with mobile phase to a target polypeptide concentration of approximately 1-2 mg/mL. In some embodiments, the polypeptide can be digested with carboxypeptidase B (CpB) added at a 1:100 (w/w) ratio and incubated at 37°C for 20 minutes. The sample can be stored at 5°C until analysis.

仪器可以包括低压四元梯度泵、具有温度控制能力的快速分离自动进样器、热控柱温箱和二极管阵列UV检测器。在检测器的出口,可以连接PCM-3000pH和电导率监测仪以实时采集pH和电导率数据。可以例如通过使用Thermo Scientific Dionex Chromeleon6.8版执行仪器控制、数据采集和数据分析。The instrument may include a low-pressure quaternary gradient pump, a rapid separation autosampler with temperature control capability, a thermally controlled column oven, and a diode array UV detector. At the detector outlet, a PCM-3000 pH and conductivity monitor may be connected to collect pH and conductivity data in real time. Instrument control, data acquisition, and data analysis may be performed, for example, using Thermo Scientific Dionex Chromeleon version 6.8.

将样品用去离子水稀释至2mg/mL并可以在自动进样器中保持在5±3℃。将MabPacSCX-10,4×250mm置于温度设定在37±1℃的柱温箱中。对于每种层析试验,进样10μL蛋白质(20μg)。缓冲液A是在37℃的5mM ACES pH 7.5。缓冲液B是缓冲液A中的180mM NaCl。通过将缓冲液B混合入缓冲液A,梯度是在100分钟内按1mM/分钟的0-100mM NaCl。流速是0.8mL/分钟。通过280nm处吸光度检测蛋白质。在一些实施方案中,缓冲液A是在40℃的10mM HEPES缓冲液pH 7.6并且缓冲液B是100mM NaCl。The sample was diluted to 2 mg/mL with deionized water and maintained at 5 ± 3 ° C in an autosampler. A MabPac SCX-10, 4 × 250 mm was placed in a column oven set at 37 ± 1 ° C. For each chromatography run, 10 μL of protein (20 μg) was injected. Buffer A was 5 mM ACES pH 7.5 at 37 ° C. Buffer B was 180 mM NaCl in buffer A. By mixing buffer B into buffer A, the gradient was 0-100 mM NaCl at 1 mM/min over 100 minutes. The flow rate was 0.8 mL/min. Protein was detected by absorbance at 280 nm. In some embodiments, buffer A was 10 mM HEPES buffer pH 7.6 at 40 ° C and buffer B was 100 mM NaCl.

如本文所用,洗脱是从层析材料移出产物,例如多肽,和或污染物。洗脱缓冲液是用来从层析材料洗脱多肽或其他目的产物的缓冲液。在一些实施方案中,洗脱缓冲液是层析的流动相的组成部分。在一些实施方案中,将包含多肽和污染物的组合物施加至作为流动相的部分的层析材料。随后改变流动相以随着多肽和污染物从层析材料洗脱,引起多肽与污染物分离。在许多情况下,洗脱缓冲液具有与上样缓冲液不同的物理特征。在一些实施方案中,与上样缓冲液相比,洗脱缓冲液的离子强度在洗脱过程期间增加。在一些实施方案中,层析是一种多产品层析方法。在一些实施方案中,洗脱缓冲液包含通过本文所述的方法确定的最佳缓冲剂。As used herein, elution is to remove product, such as polypeptide, and or pollutant from chromatography material. Elution buffer is the buffer used to elute polypeptide or other target products from chromatography material. In some embodiments, elution buffer is an integral part of the mobile phase of chromatography. In some embodiments, a composition comprising polypeptide and pollutant is applied to the chromatography material as part of the mobile phase. Subsequently, mobile phase is changed to elute from the chromatography material along with polypeptide and pollutant, causing polypeptide to be separated from pollutant. In many cases, elution buffer has physical characteristics different from loading buffer. In some embodiments, the ionic strength of elution buffer increases during the elution process compared to loading buffer. In some embodiments, chromatography is a multi-product chromatography method. In some embodiments, elution buffer comprises the optimal buffer determined by the method described herein.

在一些实施方案中,离子强度梯度是盐梯度。在一些实施方案中,盐梯度是从约0mM盐至约200mM盐的梯度。在一些实施方案中,盐梯度是以下任一者:约0mM至约100mM、0mM至约60mM、0mM至约50mM、0mM至约40mM、0mM至约30mM、0mM至约20mM、0mM至约10mM、10mM至约200mM、10mM至约100mM、10mM至约50mM、10mM至约40mM、10mM至约30mM、10mM至约20mM、20mM至约200mM、20mM至约100mM、20mM至约50mM、20mM至约30mM、30mM至约200mM、30mM至约100mM和30mM至约50mM。In some embodiments, the ionic strength gradient is a salt gradient. In some embodiments, the salt gradient is a gradient from about 0mM salt to about 200mM salt. In some embodiments, the salt gradient is any one of: about 0mM to about 100mM, 0mM to about 60mM, 0mM to about 50mM, 0mM to about 40mM, 0mM to about 30mM, 0mM to about 20mM, 0mM to about 10mM, 10mM to about 200mM, 10mM to about 100mM, 10mM to about 50mM, 10mM to about 40mM, 10mM to about 30mM, 10mM to about 20mM, 20mM to about 200mM, 20mM to about 100mM, 20mM to about 50mM, 20mM to about 30mM, 30mM to about 200mM, 30mM to about 100mM and 30mM to about 50mM.

在本发明的一些实施方案中,流动相(例如洗脱缓冲液)的离子强度由流动相的电导率度量。电导率指水溶液在两个电极之间传导电流的能力。在溶液中,电流借助离子转运流动。因此,随着水溶液中存在的离子的量增加,溶液将具有更高电导率。电导率的基本度量单位是Siemen(或mho)、mho(mS/cm),并且可以使用电导计,如各种型号的Orion电导计度量。由于电解电导率是溶液中离子传导电流的能力,所以溶液的电导率可以通过改变其中离子的浓度而改变。例如,可以改变溶液中缓冲剂的浓度和/或盐(例如氯化钠,乙酸钠或氯化钾)的浓度以实现所需的电导率。优选地,调整多种缓冲液的盐浓度以实现所需的电导率。In some embodiments of the present invention, the ionic strength of the mobile phase (e.g., elution buffer) is measured by the conductivity of the mobile phase. Conductivity refers to the ability of an aqueous solution to conduct an electric current between two electrodes. In a solution, electric current flows by means of ion transport. Therefore, as the amount of ions present in the aqueous solution increases, the solution will have a higher conductivity. The basic unit of measurement for conductivity is Siemen (or mho), mho (mS/cm), and a conductivity meter, such as various models of Orion conductivity meters, can be used. Since electrolytic conductivity is the ability of ions in a solution to conduct an electric current, the conductivity of a solution can be changed by changing the concentration of the ions therein. For example, the concentration of the buffer and/or the concentration of the salt (e.g., sodium chloride, sodium acetate, or potassium chloride) in the solution can be changed to achieve the desired conductivity. Preferably, the salt concentration of the various buffers is adjusted to achieve the desired conductivity.

在一些实施方案中,层析的流动相具有超过以下任一值的初始电导率:0.0mS/cm,0.5mS/cm,1.0mS/cm,1.5mS/cm,2.0mS/cm,2.5mS/cm,3.0mS/cm,3.5mS/cm,4.0mS/cm,4.5mS/cm,5.0mS/cm,5.5mS/cm,6.0mS/cm,6.5mS/cm,7.0mS/cm,7.5mS/cm,8.0mS/cm,8.5mS/cm,9.0mS/cm,9.5mS/cm,10mS/cm,11mS/cm,12mS/cm,13mS/cm,14mS/cm,15mS/cm,16mS/cm,17.0mS/cm,18.0mS/cm,19.0mS/cm,或20.0mS/cm。在一些实施方案中,在层析期间增加流动相的电导率,例如通过离子强度梯度来增加。在一些实施方案中,洗脱完成时流动相的电导率超过以下任一值:1.0mS/cm,1.5mS/cm,2.0mS/cm,2.5mS/cm,3.0mS/cm,3.5mS/cm,4.0mS/cm,4.5mS/cm,5.0mS/cm,5.5mS/cm,6.0mS/cm,6.5mS/cm,7.0mS/cm,7.5mS/cm,8.0mS/cm,8.5mS/cm,9.0mS/cm,9.5mS/cm,10mS/cm,11mS/cm,12mS/cm,13mS/cm,14mS/cm,15mS/cm,16mS/cm,17.0mS/cm,18.0mS/cm,19.0mS/cm或20.0mS/cm。在一些实施方案中,通过线性梯度增加流动相的电导率。在一些实施方案中,包含一个或更多个梯级的阶式梯度增加流动相的电导率。In some embodiments, the mobile phase for chromatography has an initial conductivity exceeding any of the following values: 0.0 mS/cm, 0.5 mS/cm, 1.0 mS/cm, 1.5 mS/cm, 2.0 mS/cm, 2.5 mS/cm, 3.0 mS/cm, 3.5 mS/cm, 4.0 mS/cm, 4.5 mS/cm, 5.0 mS/cm, 5.5 mS/cm, 6.0 mS/cm, 6.5 mS/cm In some embodiments, the conductivity of the mobile phase is increased during chromatography, for example, by an ionic strength gradient. In some embodiments, the conductivity of the mobile phase at the time of elution exceeds any of the following values: 1.0 mS/cm, 1.5 mS/cm, 2.0 mS/cm, 2.5 mS/cm, 3.0 mS/cm, 3.5 mS/cm, 4.0 mS/cm, 4.5 mS/cm, 5.0 mS/cm, 5.5 mS/cm, 6.0 mS/cm, 6.5 mS/cm, 7.0 mS/cm, In some embodiments, the conductivity of the mobile phase is increased by a linear gradient. In some embodiments, the conductivity of the mobile phase is increased by a step gradient comprising one or more steps.

在本文所述的任何方法的一些实施方案中;例如,多产品层析方法或包含通过本文所述的方法确定的最佳缓冲剂的层析方法,将包含多肽和一种或多种污染物的组合物按超过以下任一项的量加载于层析材料上:约1μg、2μg、3μg、4μg、5μg、6μg、7μg、8μg、9μg、10μg、15μg、20μg、25μg或50μg。在一些实施方案中,将组合物按超过以下任一项的浓度加载于层析材料上:约0.5mg/mL、1.0mg/mL、1.5mg/mL、2.0mg/mL、2.5mg/mL和5.0mg/mL。在一些实施方案中,将组合物在层析材料上加载之前稀释;例如,1:1、1:2、1:5、1:10或大于1:10稀释。在一些实施方案中,将组合物稀释于层析的流动相中。在一些实施方案中,组合物稀释于上样缓冲液中。In some embodiments of any of the methods described herein; for example, a multi-product chromatography method or a chromatography method comprising an optimal buffer determined by the methods described herein, a composition comprising a polypeptide and one or more contaminants is loaded onto a chromatography material in an amount greater than any of: about 1 μg, 2 μg, 3 μg, 4 μg, 5 μg, 6 μg, 7 μg, 8 μg, 9 μg, 10 μg, 15 μg, 20 μg, 25 μg, or 50 μg. In some embodiments, the composition is loaded onto a chromatography material at a concentration greater than any of: about 0.5 mg/mL, 1.0 mg/mL, 1.5 mg/mL, 2.0 mg/mL, 2.5 mg/mL, and 5.0 mg/mL. In some embodiments, the composition is diluted prior to loading onto the chromatography material; for example, a dilution of 1:1, 1:2, 1:5, 1:10, or greater than 1:10. In some embodiments, the composition is diluted in the mobile phase of the chromatography. In some embodiments, the composition is diluted in loading buffer.

在本文所述的任何方法的一些实施方案中,流速超过以下任何项:约0.5mL/分钟、0.6mL/分钟、0.7mL/分钟、0.8mL/分钟、0.9mL/分钟、1.0mL/分钟、1.1mL/分钟、1.2mL/分钟、1.3mL/分钟、1.4mL/分钟、1.5mL/分钟、1.75mL/分钟和2.0mL/分钟。In some embodiments of any of the methods described herein, the flow rate exceeds any of about 0.5 mL/min, 0.6 mL/min, 0.7 mL/min, 0.8 mL/min, 0.9 mL/min, 1.0 mL/min, 1.1 mL/min, 1.2 mL/min, 1.3 mL/min, 1.4 mL/min, 1.5 mL/min, 1.75 mL/min, and 2.0 mL/min.

在本文所述的方法的一些实施方案中,层析材料在柱中。在一些实施方案中,柱是HPLC柱。在一些实施方案中,柱具有以下任一规格:4×50mm、4×100mm、4×150mm、4×200mm、4×250mm或2×250mm。In some embodiments of the methods described herein, the chromatography material is in a column. In some embodiments, the column is an HPLC column. In some embodiments, the column has any of the following dimensions: 4×50 mm, 4×100 mm, 4×150 mm, 4×200 mm, 4×250 mm, or 2×250 mm.

D.检测电荷变体D. Detection of Charge Variants

在一些方面,本发明提供在多肽组成方面检测包含多肽和一种或多种变体的组合物中多肽(例如抗体)变体的方法。在一些实施方案中,使用如上文所述优化的离子交换层析分离条件分析多肽的变体。在一些实施方案中,使用其中缓冲液已经如上文所述优化的离子交换层析,分析多肽的变体。在一些实施方案中,使用其中分离条件和缓冲液已经如上文所述优化的离子交换层析,分析多肽的变体。在一些实施方案中,离子交换层析分离条件和/或缓冲液针对多种多肽优化;例如,通过确定一种或多种靶多肽(例如一种或多种抗体)的共同dIP/dT值。该方法包括使用具有初始离子强度的上样缓冲液,使多肽和一种或多种变体与离子交换层析材料结合;使用洗脱缓冲液从离子交换柱洗脱多肽和一种或多种污染物,在所述洗脱缓冲液中,通过离子强度梯度如此改变洗脱缓冲液的离子强度,从而多肽和一种或多种污染物作为不同的分离实体从层析材料洗脱。随后对层析的洗脱物分析亲本多肽和变体存在。多肽的变体可以包括多肽的酸性变体和亲本多肽的碱性变体。酸性变体的例子,即其pI小于亲本多肽pI的变体,包括但不限于其中一个或多个谷氨酰胺和/或天冬酰胺残基已经脱酰胺的多肽。碱性多肽变体的例子,即其pI大于亲本多肽pI的变体,包括但不限于其中天冬氨酸残基已经被修饰成琥珀酰亚胺部分的多肽。在一些实施方案中,多肽具有范围从约6.0至约9.5的pI。在一些实施方案中,多肽是具有范围从约6.0至约9.5的pI的抗体。In some aspects, the present invention provides methods for detecting polypeptide (e.g., antibody) variants in a composition comprising a polypeptide and one or more variants in terms of polypeptide composition. In some embodiments, variants of the polypeptide are analyzed using ion exchange chromatography separation conditions optimized as described above. In some embodiments, variants of the polypeptide are analyzed using ion exchange chromatography in which the buffer has been optimized as described above. In some embodiments, variants of the polypeptide are analyzed using ion exchange chromatography in which the separation conditions and buffer have been optimized as described above. In some embodiments, the ion exchange chromatography separation conditions and/or buffer are optimized for multiple polypeptides; for example, by determining a common dIP/dT value for one or more target polypeptides (e.g., one or more antibodies). The method comprises using a loading buffer having an initial ionic strength to bind the polypeptide and one or more variants to an ion exchange chromatography material; eluting the polypeptide and one or more contaminants from the ion exchange column using an elution buffer, wherein the ionic strength of the elution buffer is varied by an ionic strength gradient such that the polypeptide and one or more contaminants are eluted from the chromatography material as distinct, separate entities. The chromatographic eluate is then analyzed for the presence of the parent polypeptide and variant. The variant of polypeptide can comprise the acid variant of polypeptide and the basic variant of parent polypeptide.The example of acid variant, i.e. its pI is less than the variant of parent polypeptide pI, includes but not limited to the polypeptide that wherein one or more glutamine and/or asparagine residues are deamidated.The example of basic polypeptide variant, i.e. its pI is greater than the variant of parent polypeptide pI, includes but not limited to the polypeptide that wherein aspartic acid residue has been modified into succinimide moiety.In some embodiments, polypeptide has the pI of scope from about 6.0 to about 9.5.In some embodiments, polypeptide is the antibody with the pI of scope from about 6.0 to about 9.5.

E.确定组合物中多肽的纯度E. Determining the Purity of the Polypeptide in the Composition

在一些方面,本发明提供确定包含多肽的组合物中该多肽纯度的方法。在一些实施方案中,使用如上文所述优化的离子交换层析分离条件,分析组合物中多肽的纯度。在一些实施方案中,使用其中缓冲液已经如上文所述优化的离子交换层析,分析组合物中多肽的纯度。在一些实施方案中,使用其中分离条件和缓冲液如上文所述优化的离子交换层析,分析组合物中多肽的纯度。在一些实施方案中,离子交换层析分离条件和/或缓冲液针对多种多肽优化;例如,通过确定一种或多种靶多肽(例如一种或多种抗体)的共同dIP/dT值。该方法包括使用具有初始离子强度的上样缓冲液,使多肽和一种或多种污染物与离子交换层析材料结合;使用洗脱缓冲液从离子交换柱洗脱多肽和一种或多种污染物,在所述洗脱缓冲液中,通过离子强度梯度如此改变洗脱缓冲液的离子强度,从而多肽和一种或多种污染物作为不同的分离实体从层析材料洗脱。可以通过确定从层析材料洗脱的多肽的量对从层析材料洗脱的污染物(例如电荷变体)的总量的比率,评估多肽的纯度。在一些实施方案中,多肽具有范围从约6.0至约9.5的pI。在一些实施方案中,多肽是具有范围从约6.0至约9.5的pI的抗体。In some aspects, the present invention provides a method for determining the purity of a polypeptide in a composition comprising a polypeptide. In some embodiments, the purity of the polypeptide in the composition is analyzed using ion exchange chromatography separation conditions optimized as described above. In some embodiments, the purity of the polypeptide in the composition is analyzed using ion exchange chromatography in which the buffer has been optimized as described above. In some embodiments, the purity of the polypeptide in the composition is analyzed using ion exchange chromatography in which the separation conditions and buffer are optimized as described above. In some embodiments, the purity of the polypeptide in the composition is analyzed using ion exchange chromatography in which the separation conditions and buffer are optimized as described above. In some embodiments, the ion exchange chromatography separation conditions and/or buffer are optimized for multiple polypeptides; for example, by determining a common dIP/dT value for one or more target polypeptides (e.g., one or more antibodies). The method comprises using a loading buffer having an initial ionic strength to bind the polypeptide and one or more contaminants to an ion exchange chromatography material; eluting the polypeptide and one or more contaminants from the ion exchange column using an elution buffer, wherein the ionic strength of the elution buffer is changed by an ionic strength gradient so that the polypeptide and one or more contaminants are eluted from the chromatography material as different separated entities. The purity of the polypeptide can be assessed by determining the ratio of the amount of polypeptide eluted from the chromatography material to the total amount of contaminants (e.g., charge variants) eluted from the chromatography material. In some embodiments, the polypeptide has a pI ranging from about 6.0 to about 9.5. In some embodiments, the polypeptide is an antibody having a pI ranging from about 6.0 to about 9.5.

F.确定组合物中多肽的稳定性F. Determining the Stability of Polypeptides in Compositions

在一些方面,本发明提供用于确定包含多肽的组合物中该多肽稳定性的方法。在一些实施方案中,使用其中分离条件如上文所述优化的离子交换层析,确定组合物中多肽的稳定性。在一些实施方案中,使用其中缓冲液已经如上文所述优化的离子交换层析,确定组合物中多肽的稳定性。在一些实施方案中,使用其中分离条件和缓冲剂如上文所述优化的离子交换层析,确定组合物中多肽的稳定性。在一些实施方案中,离子交换层析分离条件和/或缓冲剂针对多种多肽优化;例如,通过确定一种或多种靶多肽(例如一种或多种抗体)的共同dIP/dT值。在一些实施方案中,随时间推移分析包含多肽的组合物的样品。在一些实施方案中,将组合物在分析前的各种时间孵育。在一些实施方案中,将组合物在分析前超过以下任一项的温度孵育:约0℃、20℃、37℃或40℃。在一些实施方案中,将组合物在分析前孵育以下一种或多种时间:1天、2天、3天、5天、1周、2周、3周、4周、6周、2个月、3个月、6个月、1年。随后通过以下方式分析组合物:使用具有初始离子强度的上样缓冲液,使组合物中的多肽和一种或多种污染物与离子交换层析材料结合;使用洗脱缓冲液从离子交换柱洗脱多肽和一种或多种污染物,在所述洗脱缓冲液中,通过离子强度梯度如此改变洗脱缓冲液的离子强度,从而多肽和一种或多种污染物作为不同的分离实体从层析材料洗脱。多肽对污染物比率的变化显示组合物中多肽的稳定性。例如,如果多肽对污染物的比率不随时间推移变化,则多肽可以视为稳定,而组合物中污染物快速积累伴随多肽的量减少则表示组合物中的多肽较不稳定。在一些实施方案中,使用其中分离条件如上文所述优化的离子交换层析,分析组合物中多肽的稳定性。在一些实施方案中,使用其中缓冲剂已经如上文所述优化的离子交换层析,分析组合物中多肽的稳定性。在一些实施方案中,使用其中分离条件和缓冲剂如上文所述优化的离子交换层析,分析组合物中多肽的稳定性。在一些实施方案中,离子交换层析分离条件和/或缓冲剂针对多种多肽优化;例如,通过确定一种或多种靶多肽(例如一种或多种抗体)的共同dIP/dT值。在一些实施方案中,多肽具有范围从约6.0至约9.5的pI。在一些实施方案中,多肽是具有范围从约6.0至约9.5的pI的抗体。多肽的例子包括但不限于抗体和抗体片段。In some aspects, the present invention provides a method for determining the stability of a polypeptide in a composition comprising a polypeptide. In some embodiments, the stability of the polypeptide in the composition is determined using ion exchange chromatography in which the separation conditions are optimized as described above. In some embodiments, the stability of the polypeptide in the composition is determined using ion exchange chromatography in which the buffer has been optimized as described above. In some embodiments, the stability of the polypeptide in the composition is determined using ion exchange chromatography in which the separation conditions and buffer are optimized as described above. In some embodiments, the ion exchange chromatography separation conditions and/or buffer are optimized for a variety of polypeptides; for example, by determining a common dIP/dT value for one or more target polypeptides (e.g., one or more antibodies). In some embodiments, samples of a composition comprising a polypeptide are analyzed over time. In some embodiments, the composition is incubated at various times before analysis. In some embodiments, the composition is incubated at a temperature exceeding any one of the following before analysis: about 0°C, 20°C, 37°C, or 40°C. In some embodiments, the composition is incubated for one or more of the following periods of time prior to analysis: 1 day, 2 days, 3 days, 5 days, 1 week, 2 weeks, 3 weeks, 4 weeks, 6 weeks, 2 months, 3 months, 6 months, 1 year. The composition is then analyzed by binding the polypeptide and one or more contaminants in the composition to an ion exchange chromatography material using a loading buffer having an initial ionic strength; eluting the polypeptide and one or more contaminants from the ion exchange column using an elution buffer in which the ionic strength of the elution buffer is varied by an ionic strength gradient such that the polypeptide and one or more contaminants elute from the chromatography material as distinct, separate entities. Changes in the polypeptide to contaminant ratio indicate the stability of the polypeptide in the composition. For example, if the polypeptide to contaminant ratio does not change over time, the polypeptide can be considered stable, while a rapid accumulation of contaminants in the composition accompanied by a decrease in the amount of polypeptide indicates that the polypeptide in the composition is less stable. In some embodiments, the stability of the polypeptide in the composition is analyzed using ion exchange chromatography in which the separation conditions are optimized as described above. In some embodiments, the stability of the polypeptide in the composition is analyzed using ion exchange chromatography in which the buffer has been optimized as described above. In some embodiments, the stability of the polypeptide in the composition is analyzed using ion exchange chromatography in which the separation conditions and buffer are optimized as described above. In some embodiments, the ion exchange chromatography separation conditions and/or buffer are optimized for a variety of polypeptides; for example, by determining a common dIP/dT value for one or more target polypeptides (e.g., one or more antibodies). In some embodiments, the polypeptide has a pI ranging from about 6.0 to about 9.5. In some embodiments, the polypeptide is an antibody with a pI ranging from about 6.0 to about 9.5. Examples of polypeptides include, but are not limited to, antibodies and antibody fragments.

G.多肽的纯化G. Peptide Purification

在一些方面,本发明提供从包含多肽和一种或多种污染物的组合物中纯化多肽(如抗体)的方法。所述方法包括如上文所述优化层析分离条件。在一些实施方案中,使用其中缓冲剂已经如上文所述优化的层析,纯化多肽。在一些实施方案中,使用其中分离条件和缓冲剂如上文所述优化的层析,纯化多肽。在一些实施方案中,层析分离条件和/或缓冲剂针对多种多肽优化;例如,通过确定一种或多种靶多肽(例如一种或多种抗体)的共同dIP/dT值。在一些实施方案中,层析是离子交换层析;例如阳离子交换层析或阴离子交换层析。在一些实施方案中,层析是混合模式层析。In some aspects, the present invention provides a method for purifying a polypeptide (such as an antibody) from a composition comprising a polypeptide and one or more contaminants. The method comprises optimizing chromatographic separation conditions as described above. In some embodiments, the polypeptide is purified using chromatography in which the buffer has been optimized as described above. In some embodiments, the polypeptide is purified using chromatography in which the separation conditions and buffer are optimized as described above. In some embodiments, the chromatographic separation conditions and/or buffer are optimized for a variety of polypeptides; for example, by determining a common dIP/dT value for one or more target polypeptides (such as one or more antibodies). In some embodiments, the chromatography is an ion exchange chromatography; for example, a cation exchange chromatography or an anion exchange chromatography. In some embodiments, the chromatography is a mixed mode chromatography.

在一些实施方案中,使用在层析温度具有在多肽拐点处的pH的上样缓冲液,使多肽和污染物与离子交换层析材料或混合模式层析材料结合。上样缓冲液具有初始离子强度。使用洗脱缓冲液,从离子交换层析介质或混合模式层析介质洗脱多肽,在所述洗脱缓冲液中,通过离子强度梯度如此改变洗脱缓冲液的离子强度,从而多肽和一种或多种污染物作为不同的分离实体从层析材料洗脱。在层析的洗脱阶段期间收集级分并且将含有多肽同时不含有或含有最少污染物的级分汇集用于进一步加工或用于药物配制。多肽的例子包括但不限于抗体和抗体片段。In some embodiments, a loading buffer having a pH at the polypeptide inflection point is used at the chromatography temperature to combine the polypeptide and pollutants with an ion exchange chromatography material or a mixed mode chromatography material. The loading buffer has an initial ionic strength. Elution buffer is used to elute the polypeptide from an ion exchange chromatography medium or a mixed mode chromatography medium. In the elution buffer, the ionic strength of the elution buffer is changed by an ionic strength gradient so that the polypeptide and one or more pollutants are eluted from the chromatography material as different separation entities. Fractions are collected during the elution phase of the chromatography and fractions that do not contain or contain minimal pollutants are collected and used for further processing or for pharmaceutical preparation. The example of polypeptide includes, but is not limited to, antibodies and antibody fragments.

III.多肽III. Peptides

提供多肽用于其中分离条件如本文所述优化的任何离子交换层析方法中。在本发明的一些实施方案中,通过离子交换层析分析多肽的组合物。这类方法可用于确定组合物内部多肽的电荷变体。在一些实施方案中,多肽是抗体或其片段。在一些实施方案中,多肽具有范围从约6.0至约9.5的pI。在一些实施方案中,多肽是具有范围从约6.0至约9.5的pI的抗体。在一些实施方案中,多肽的电荷对pH曲线的拐点(IP)由本发明的方法提供。在一些实施方案中,IP随温度变化的变化(dIP/dT)由本发明的方法提供。The polypeptide is provided for use in any ion exchange chromatography method in which separation conditions are optimized as described herein. In some embodiments of the present invention, a composition of the polypeptide is analyzed by ion exchange chromatography. Such methods can be used to determine the charge variants of the polypeptide within the composition. In some embodiments, the polypeptide is an antibody or fragment thereof. In some embodiments, the polypeptide has a pI ranging from about 6.0 to about 9.5. In some embodiments, the polypeptide is an antibody with a pI ranging from about 6.0 to about 9.5. In some embodiments, the charge versus pH curve inflection point (IP) of the polypeptide is provided by the method of the present invention. In some embodiments, the change in IP over temperature (dIP/dT) is provided by the method of the present invention.

在一些实施方案中,多肽是治疗性多肽。在一些实施方案中,多肽是抗体。在一些实施方案中,多肽是免疫黏附素。In some embodiments, the polypeptide is a therapeutic polypeptide. In some embodiments, the polypeptide is an antibody. In some embodiments, the polypeptide is an immunoadhesin.

在一些实施方案中,多肽具有大于约以下任一项的分子量:5,000道尔顿、10,000道尔顿、15,000道尔顿、25,000道尔顿、50,000道尔顿、75,000道尔顿、100,000道尔顿、125,000道尔顿或150,000道尔顿。多肽可以具有在约50,000道尔顿至200,000道尔顿或100,000道尔顿至200,000道尔顿之间任一项的分子量。备选地,本文使用的多肽可以具有约120,000道尔顿或约25,000道尔顿的分子量。In some embodiments, the polypeptide has a molecular weight greater than about any of 5,000 daltons, 10,000 daltons, 15,000 daltons, 25,000 daltons, 50,000 daltons, 75,000 daltons, 100,000 daltons, 125,000 daltons, or 150,000 daltons. The polypeptide can have a molecular weight of any of about 50,000 daltons to 200,000 daltons or 100,000 daltons to 200,000 daltons. Alternatively, the polypeptide used herein can have a molecular weight of about 120,000 daltons or about 25,000 daltons.

pI是等电点并且是特定分子或表面不携带净电荷的pH。在一些实施方案中,本发明的方法可以用于包含多肽的多种组合物,其中,组合物中多肽(例如,抗体)的pI范围从约6.0至约9.5。在一些实施方案中,多肽具有大于约9.5的pI;例如,约9.5至约12。在本文所述的任何方法的一些实施方案中,多肽(例如抗体)的pI可以小于约7;例如,从约4至约7。pi is the isoelectric point and is the pH at which a particular molecule or surface carries no net charge. In some embodiments, the methods of the present invention can be used for a variety of compositions comprising polypeptides, wherein the pi of the polypeptide (e.g., an antibody) in the composition ranges from about 6.0 to about 9.5. In some embodiments, the polypeptide has a pi greater than about 9.5; for example, from about 9.5 to about 12. In some embodiments of any of the methods described herein, the pi of the polypeptide (e.g., an antibody) can be less than about 7; for example, from about 4 to about 7.

在本文所述任何方法的实施方案中,在包含多肽和一种或多种污染物的组合物中的一种或多种污染物是多肽电荷变体。在一些实施方案中,多肽电荷变体是这样的多肽,所述多肽已经从其天然状态被如此修饰,从而多肽的电荷改变。在一些实施方案中,电荷变体比亲本多肽具有更多酸性;即比亲本多肽具有更低的pI。在其他实施方案中,电荷变体比亲本多肽具有更多碱性;即比亲本多肽具有更高的pI。在一些实施方案中,多肽电荷变体经工程化。在一些实施方案中,多肽电荷变体是天然过程的结果,例如氧化、脱酰胺化、C末端赖氨酸残基加工、N末端焦谷氨酸盐形成和糖化。在一些实施方案中,多肽电荷变体是糖蛋白,其中与蛋白质连接的聚糖被如此修饰,从而与亲本糖蛋白相比,糖蛋白的电荷改变;例如,因添加唾液酸或其衍生物改变。在一些实施方案中,多肽电荷变体是抗体电荷变体。In embodiments of any of the methods described herein, one or more contaminants in a composition comprising a polypeptide and one or more contaminants is a polypeptide charge variant. In some embodiments, a polypeptide charge variant is a polypeptide that has been modified from its native state such that the charge of the polypeptide is altered. In some embodiments, the charge variant is more acidic than the parent polypeptide; that is, it has a lower pI than the parent polypeptide. In other embodiments, the charge variant is more basic than the parent polypeptide; that is, it has a higher pI than the parent polypeptide. In some embodiments, the polypeptide charge variant is engineered. In some embodiments, the polypeptide charge variant is the result of natural processes, such as oxidation, deamidation, processing of C-terminal lysine residues, N-terminal pyroglutamate formation, and glycation. In some embodiments, the polypeptide charge variant is a glycoprotein, wherein the glycans attached to the protein are modified such that the charge of the glycoprotein is altered compared to the parent glycoprotein; for example, due to the addition of sialic acid or a derivative thereof. In some embodiments, the polypeptide charge variant is an antibody charge variant.

待使用本文所述方法分析的多肽通常使用重组技术产生。用于产生重组蛋白的方法例如在特别通过引用方式并入本文的美国专利号5,534,615和4,816,567中描述。在一些实施方案中,目的蛋白在CHO细胞中产生(参见,例如WO 94/11026)。在一些实施方案中,目的多肽在大肠杆菌细胞中产生。参见,例如,美国专利号5,648,237;美国专利号5,789,199,和美国专利号5,840,523,所述专利描述了用于优化表达和分泌的翻译起始区域(TIR)和信号序列。还参见Charlton,Methods in Molecular Biology,第248卷(B.K.C.Lo编著,Humana Press,Totowa,N.J.,2003),第245-254页,其描述在大肠杆菌中表达抗体片段。当使用重组技术时,多肽可以在胞内、在周质间隙产生或直接分泌入培养基。The polypeptide to be analyzed using the methods described herein is generally produced using recombinant technology. The method for producing recombinant proteins is described, for example, in U.S. Patent Nos. 5,534,615 and 4,816,567, which are incorporated herein by reference. In some embodiments, the target protein is produced in CHO cells (see, for example, WO 94/11026). In some embodiments, the target polypeptide is produced in Escherichia coli cells. See, for example, U.S. Patent No. 5,648,237; U.S. Patent No. 5,789,199, and U.S. Patent No. 5,840,523, which describe translation initiation regions (TIR) and signal sequences for optimizing expression and secretion. Also referring to Charlton, Methods in Molecular Biology, Vol. 248 (B.K.C.Lo, ed., Humana Press, Totowa, N.J., 2003), pp. 245-254, which describe expression of antibody fragments in E. coli. When using recombinant techniques, the polypeptide can be produced intracellularly, in the periplasmic space, or secreted directly into the culture medium.

多肽可以从培养基或从宿主细胞裂解物回收。可以通过多种物理或化学手段、如冻融循环、超声处理、机械破裂或细胞溶解剂,破坏在表达多肽时使用的细胞。如果多肽以胞内方式产生,则作为第一步骤,移除颗粒状残片(宿主细胞或裂解的片段),例如,通过离心或超滤移除。Carter等人,Bio/Technology 10:163-167(1992)描述了用于分离分泌到大肠杆菌周质间隙的多肽的方法。简而言之,将细胞糊状物在乙酸钠(pH 3.5)、EDTA和苯甲基磺酰氟(PMSF)存在下经约30分钟融化。通过离心移除细胞残片。在多肽分泌入培养基的情况下,通常首先使用市售的蛋白浓度滤器,例如,Amicon或Millipore Pellicon超滤装置,浓缩来自这类表达系统的上清液。可以在前述任意步骤中包含蛋白酶抑制剂如PMSF以抑制蛋白酶解,并且可以包含抗生素以防止外来污染物增长。The polypeptide can be recovered from the culture medium or from the host cell lysate. The cells used in expressing the polypeptide can be destroyed by a variety of physical or chemical means, such as freeze-thaw cycles, ultrasonic treatment, mechanical disruption or cell lysates. If the polypeptide is produced intracellularly, as a first step, the granular debris (host cells or cracked fragments) is removed, for example, by centrifugation or ultrafiltration. Carter et al., Bio/Technology 10:163-167 (1992) describe a method for separating polypeptides secreted into the periplasmic space of Escherichia coli. In short, the cell paste is melted in the presence of sodium acetate (pH 3.5), EDTA and phenylmethylsulfonyl fluoride (PMSF) for about 30 minutes. The cell debris is removed by centrifugation. In the case of polypeptide secretion into the culture medium, a commercially available protein concentration filter, for example, Amicon or Millipore Pellicon ultrafiltration device, is usually used first to concentrate the supernatant from this type of expression system. Protease inhibitors such as PMSF can be included in any of the aforementioned steps to inhibit proteolysis, and antibiotics can be included to prevent the growth of foreign contaminants.

在一些实施方案中,在包含多肽和一种或多种污染物的组合物中的多肽已经在通过本发明的方法分析之前纯化或部分纯化。例如,方法的多肽为来自亲和层析、阳离子交换层析、阴离子交换层析、混合模式层析和疏水相互作用层析的洗脱剂。在一些实施方案中,多肽处于来自蛋白A层析的洗脱液中。In some embodiments, the polypeptide in a composition comprising the polypeptide and one or more contaminants has been purified or partially purified prior to analysis by the methods of the present invention. For example, the polypeptide of the methods is an eluent from affinity chromatography, cation exchange chromatography, anion exchange chromatography, mixed mode chromatography, and hydrophobic interaction chromatography. In some embodiments, the polypeptide is in the eluent from Protein A chromatography.

可以通过本发明方法分析的多肽的例子包括但不限于免疫球蛋白、免疫黏附素、抗体、酶、激素、融合蛋白、含有Fc的蛋白质、免疫缀合物、细胞因子和白介素。(A)抗体Examples of polypeptides that can be analyzed by the methods of the present invention include, but are not limited to, immunoglobulins, immunoadhesins, antibodies, enzymes, hormones, fusion proteins, Fc-containing proteins, immunoconjugates, cytokines, and interleukins. (A) Antibodies

在本文所述的任何方法的一些实施方案中,在通过本文所述方法分析多肽和包含多肽的制剂的任何方法中使用的多肽是抗体。In some embodiments of any of the methods described herein, the polypeptide used in any of the methods of analyzing polypeptides and preparations comprising polypeptides by the methods described herein is an antibody.

抗体的分子靶包括CD蛋白质和它们的配体,如,但不限于:(i)CD3、CD4、CD8、CD19、CD11a、CD20、CD22、CD34、CD40、CD79α(CD79a)、和CD79β(CD79b);(ii)ErbB受体家族成员如EGF受体、HER2、HER3或HER4受体;(iii)细胞黏附分子如LFA-1、Mac1、p150、95、VLA-4、ICAM-1、VCAM和αv/β3整联蛋白、包含其α或β组分(例如,抗CD11a、抗CD18或抗CD11b抗体);(iv)生长因子如VEGF;IgE;血型抗原;flk2/flt3受体;肥胖(OB)受体;mpl受体;CTLA-4;C蛋白、BR3、c-met、组织因子、β7等;和(v)细胞表面和跨膜肿瘤相关抗原(TAA),如在美国专利号7,521,541中描述的那些。Molecular targets of the antibodies include CD proteins and their ligands, such as, but not limited to: (i) CD3, CD4, CD8, CD19, CD11a, CD20, CD22, CD34, CD40, CD79α (CD79a), and CD79β (CD79b); (ii) ErbB receptor family members such as EGF receptor, HER2, HER3 or HER4 receptor; (iii) cell adhesion molecules such as LFA-1, Mac1, p150, 95, VLA-4, ICAM -1, VCAM and αv/β3 integrins, including their α or β components (e.g., anti-CD11a, anti-CD18 or anti-CD11b antibodies); (iv) growth factors such as VEGF; IgE; blood group antigens; flk2/flt3 receptors; obesity (OB) receptor; mpl receptor; CTLA-4; C protein, BR3, c-met, tissue factor, β7, etc.; and (v) cell surface and transmembrane tumor-associated antigens (TAAs), such as those described in U.S. Patent No. 7,521,541.

其他示例性抗体包含选自以下并且不限于此的那些抗体:抗雌激素受体抗体、抗孕酮受体抗体、抗p53抗体、抗HER-2/neu抗体、抗EGFR抗体、抗组织蛋白酶D抗体、抗Bcl-2抗体、抗E-钙黏着蛋白抗体、抗CA125抗体、抗CA15-3抗体、抗CA19-9抗体、抗c-erbB-2抗体、抗P-糖蛋白抗体、抗CEA抗体、抗视网膜母细胞瘤蛋白质抗体、抗ras癌蛋白抗体、抗Lewis X抗体、抗Ki-67抗体、抗PCNA抗体、抗CD3抗体、抗CD4抗体、抗CD5抗体、抗CD7抗体、抗CD8抗体、抗CD9/p24抗体、抗CD10抗体、抗CD11a抗体、抗CD11c抗体、抗CD13抗体、抗CD14抗体、抗CD15抗体、抗CD19抗体、抗CD20抗体、抗CD22抗体、抗CD23抗体、抗CD30抗体、抗CD31抗体、抗CD33抗体、抗CD34抗体、抗CD35抗体、抗CD38抗体、抗CD41抗体、抗LCA/CD45抗体、抗CD45RO抗体、抗CD45RA抗体、抗CD39抗体、抗CD100抗体、抗CD95/Fas抗体、抗CD99抗体、抗CD106抗体、抗遍在蛋白抗体、抗CD71抗体、抗c-myc抗体、抗细胞角蛋白抗体、抗波形纤维蛋白抗体、抗HPV蛋白质抗体、抗κ轻链抗体、抗λ轻链抗体、抗黑素体s抗体、抗前列腺特异性抗原抗体、抗S-100抗体、抗τ抗原抗体、抗纤维蛋白抗体、抗角蛋白抗体和抗Tn-抗原抗体。Other exemplary antibodies include those selected from the group consisting of, and not limited to, anti-estrogen receptor antibodies, anti-progesterone receptor antibodies, anti-p53 antibodies, anti-HER-2/neu antibodies, anti-EGFR antibodies, anti-cathepsin D antibodies, anti-Bcl-2 antibodies, anti-E-cadherin antibodies, anti-CA125 antibodies, anti-CA15-3 antibodies, anti-CA19-9 antibodies, anti-c-erbB-2 antibodies, anti-P-glycoprotein antibodies, anti-CEA antibodies, anti-retinoblastoma protein antibodies, anti-ras oncoprotein antibodies, anti-Lewis X antibody, anti-Ki-67 antibody, anti-PCNA antibody, anti-CD3 antibody, anti-CD4 antibody, anti-CD5 antibody, anti-CD7 antibody, anti-CD8 antibody, anti-CD9/p24 antibody, anti-CD10 antibody, anti-CD11a antibody, anti-CD11c antibody, anti-CD13 antibody, anti-CD14 antibody, anti-CD15 antibody, anti-CD19 antibody, anti-CD20 antibody, anti-CD22 antibody, anti-CD23 antibody, anti-CD30 antibody, anti-CD31 antibody, anti-CD33 antibody, anti-CD34 antibody, anti-CD35 antibody, anti-CD38 antibody, anti-CD41 antibody, Anti-LCA/CD45 antibody, anti-CD45RO antibody, anti-CD45RA antibody, anti-CD39 antibody, anti-CD100 antibody, anti-CD95/Fas antibody, anti-CD99 antibody, anti-CD106 antibody, anti-ubiquitin antibody, anti-CD71 antibody, anti-c-myc antibody, anti-cytokeratin antibody, anti-vimentin antibody, anti-HPV protein antibody, anti-κ light chain antibody, anti-λ light chain antibody, anti-melanosome s antibody, anti-prostate specific antigen antibody, anti-S-100 antibody, anti-tau antigen antibody, anti-fibrin antibody, anti-keratin antibody and anti-Tn-antigen antibody.

(i)单克隆抗体(i) Monoclonal antibodies

在一些实施方案中,抗体是单克隆抗体。单克隆抗体是从基本上均一的抗体群体获得的抗体,即,构成该群体的各个抗体是相同的和/或结合相同的表位,除了在产生该单克隆抗体期间出现的可能变体之外,此类变体通常以微小的量存在。因此,修饰语“单克隆”表明该抗体的特征为不是独立抗体或多克隆抗体的混合物。In some embodiments, the antibody is a monoclonal antibody. A monoclonal antibody is an antibody obtained from a substantially homogeneous population of antibodies, i.e., the individual antibodies comprising the population are identical and/or bind to the same epitope, except for possible variants that arise during the production of the monoclonal antibody, such variants generally being present in minor amounts. Thus, the modifier "monoclonal" indicates the characteristic of the antibody as not being a mixture of individual or polyclonal antibodies.

例如,单克隆抗体可以使用由Kohler等人,Nature,256:495(1975)首先描述的杂交瘤方法产生,或可以通过重组DNA方法产生(美国专利号4,816,567)。For example, monoclonal antibodies can be produced using the hybridoma method first described by Kohler et al., Nature, 256:495 (1975), or can be produced by recombinant DNA methods (US Pat. No. 4,816,567).

在杂交瘤方法中,如上所述使小鼠或其他适宜的宿主动物如仓鼠免疫以激发产生或能够产生抗体的淋巴细胞,其中所述的抗体会与用于免疫的多肽特异性结合。备选地,淋巴细胞可以体外免疫。随后使用合适的融合剂如聚乙二醇,使淋巴细胞与骨髓瘤细胞融合以形成杂交瘤细胞(Goding,Monoclonal Antibodies:Principles and Practice,第59-103页(Academic Press,1986))。In the hybridoma method, a mouse or other suitable host animal, such as a hamster, is immunized as described above to stimulate lymphocytes that produce or are capable of producing antibodies, wherein the antibodies specifically bind to the polypeptide used for immunization. Alternatively, lymphocytes can be immunized in vitro. The lymphocytes are then fused with myeloma cells using a suitable fusing agent, such as polyethylene glycol, to form hybridoma cells (Goding, Monoclonal Antibodies: Principles and Practice, pp. 59-103 (Academic Press, 1986)).

将如此制备的杂交瘤细胞在合适的培养基中接种并培育,其中所述的培养基优选地含有一种或多种抑制未融合的亲本骨髓瘤细胞生长或存活的物质。例如,如果亲本骨髓瘤细胞缺少次黄嘌呤鸟嘌呤磷酸核糖转移酶(HGPRT或HPRT),则用于杂交瘤的培养基一般将包含次黄嘌呤、氨基蝶呤和胸苷(HAT培养基),所述物质防止HGPRT缺陷型细胞的生长。The hybridoma cells thus prepared are seeded and grown in a suitable culture medium that preferably contains one or more substances that inhibit the growth or survival of the unfused, parental myeloma cells. For example, if the parental myeloma cells lack the enzyme hypoxanthine guanine phosphoribosyltransferase (HGPRT or HPRT), the culture medium for the hybridomas will typically contain hypoxanthine, aminopterin, and thymidine (HAT medium), which prevent the growth of HGPRT-deficient cells.

在一些实施方案中,骨髓瘤细胞是这些骨髓瘤细胞,它们高效地融合、支持选择的产生抗体的细胞稳定高水平地产生抗体并且对培养基(如HAT培养基)敏感。在这些细胞当中,在一些实施方案中,骨髓瘤细胞系是小鼠骨髓瘤系,如从美国加利福尼亚州圣迭戈SalkInstitute Cell Distribution Center获得的从MOPC-21和MPC-11小鼠肿瘤可衍生的那些,以及从美国马里兰州罗克韦尔美国典型培养物保藏中心可获得的SP-2或X63-Ag8-653细胞。也已经描述了用于产生人单克隆抗体的人骨髓瘤和小鼠-人杂合骨髓瘤细胞系(Kozbor,J.Immunol,133:3001(1984);Brodeur等人,Monoclonal Antibody ProductionTechniques and Applications,第51-63页(Marcel Dekker,Inc.,New York,1987))。In some embodiments, myeloma cells are these myeloma cells, and they efficiently merge, support the cell stabilization of the antibody production selected to produce antibodies at a high level and are sensitive to culture medium (such as HAT culture medium). Among these cells, in some embodiments, myeloma cell line is mouse myeloma line, such as those derived from MOPC-21 and MPC-11 mouse tumors obtained from Salk Institute Cell Distribution Center, San Diego, California, USA, and SP-2 or X63-Ag8-653 cells available from the American Type Culture Collection, Rockwell, Maryland, USA. Human myeloma and mouse-human heterozygous myeloma cell lines (Kozbor, J. Immunol, 133: 3001 (1984) for producing human monoclonal antibodies have also been described; Brodeur et al., Monoclonal Antibody Production Techniques and Applications, 51-63 pages (Marcel Dekker, Inc., New York, 1987)).

对其中杂交瘤细胞正在生长的培养基分析针对抗原的单克隆抗体的产生。在一些实施方案中,通过免疫沉淀或通过体外结合测定法如放射免疫测定法(RIA)或酶联免疫吸附测定法(ELISA)确定由杂交瘤细胞产生的单克隆抗体的结合特异性。Culture medium in which hybridoma cells are growing is analyzed for the production of monoclonal antibodies directed against the antigen. In some embodiments, the binding specificity of the monoclonal antibodies produced by the hybridoma cells is determined by immunoprecipitation or by an in vitro binding assay such as radioimmunoassay (RIA) or enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay (ELISA).

可以例如通过Munson等人,Anal.Biochem.,107:220(1980)的Scatchard分析法测定单克隆抗体的结合亲和力。The binding affinity of the monoclonal antibody can be determined, for example, by the Scatchard analysis of Munson et al., Anal. Biochem., 107:220 (1980).

在鉴定了产生具有所需特异性、亲和力和/或活性的抗体的杂交瘤细胞后,这些克隆可以通过有限稀释法亚克隆并且由标准方法培育(Goding,Brodeur等人,MonoclonalAntibodies:Principles and Practice,第59-103页(Academic Press,1986))。用于此目的的合适培养基包括例如D-MEM或RPMI-1640培养基。此外,杂交瘤细胞可以作为腹水肿瘤在动物中体内培育。After hybridoma cells that produce antibodies with the desired specificity, affinity, and/or activity are identified, these clones can be subcloned by limiting dilution and grown by standard methods (Goding, Brodeur et al., Monoclonal Antibodies: Principles and Practice, pp. 59-103 (Academic Press, 1986)). Suitable culture media for this purpose include, for example, D-MEM or RPMI-1640 medium. In addition, hybridoma cells can be grown in vivo in animals as ascites tumors.

通过常规免疫球蛋白纯化方法例如多肽A-琼脂糖凝胶、羟基磷灰石层析法、凝胶电泳法、透析法或亲和层析,将这些亚克隆分泌的单克隆抗体与培养基、腹水液或血清恰当地分开。The monoclonal antibodies secreted by these subclones are suitably separated from the culture medium, ascites fluid, or serum by conventional immunoglobulin purification procedures such as polypeptide A-Sepharose, hydroxylapatite chromatography, gel electrophoresis, dialysis, or affinity chromatography.

使用常规方法(例如,通过使用能够与编码鼠抗体重链和轻链的基因特异性结合的寡核苷酸探针),轻易地分离出编码所述单克隆抗体的DNA。在一些实施方案中,杂交瘤细胞充当这类DNA的来源。一旦分离,则可以将这种DNA置入表达载体中,随后将所述表达载体转染至不产生免疫球蛋白多肽的宿主细胞如大肠杆菌细胞、猴COS细胞、中国仓鼠卵巢(CHO)细胞或骨髓瘤细胞中,以获得单克隆抗体在重组宿主细胞中的合成。关于细菌中重组表达编码抗体的DNA的综述包括Skerra等人,Curr.Opinion in Immunol.5:256-262(1993)和Plückthun,Immunol.Revs.,130:151-188(1992)。The DNA encoding the monoclonal antibody is easily isolated using conventional methods (e.g., by using oligonucleotide probes that can specifically bind to genes encoding mouse antibody heavy and light chains). In some embodiments, hybridoma cells serve as a source of such DNA. Once separated, this DNA can be placed into an expression vector, which is then transfected into a host cell that does not produce immunoglobulin polypeptides, such as an Escherichia coli cell, a monkey COS cell, a Chinese hamster ovary (CHO) cell, or a myeloma cell, to obtain the synthesis of monoclonal antibodies in recombinant host cells. Reviews of recombinantly expressed DNA encoding antibodies in bacteria include Skerra et al., Curr. Opinion in Immunol. 5: 256-262 (1993) and Plückthun, Immunol. Revs., 130: 151-188 (1992).

在又一个实施方案,抗体或抗体片段可以从使用在McCafferty等人,Nature,348:552-554(1990)中描述的技术所产生的抗体噬菌体文库分离。Clackson等人,Nature,352:624-628(1991)和Marks等人,J.Mol.Biol.222:581-597(1991)描述使用噬菌体文库分别分离出小鼠抗体和人抗体。后续出版物描述了通过链改组法产生高亲和力(nM级)人抗体(Marks等人,Bio/Technology 10:779-783(1992)),以及组合型感染和体内重组作为构建极大噬菌体文库的策略(Waterhouse等人,Nuc.Acids.Res,21:2265-2266(1993))。因而,这些技术是分离单克隆抗体的传统单克隆抗体杂交瘤技术的有效替代。In another embodiment, antibodies or antibody fragments can be separated from antibody phage libraries produced using the technology described in McCafferty et al., Nature, 348: 552-554 (1990). Clackson et al., Nature, 352: 624-628 (1991) and Marks et al., J. Mol. Biol. 222: 581-597 (1991) describe the use of phage libraries to separate mouse antibodies and human antibodies. Subsequent publications describe the production of high-affinity (nM level) human antibodies (Marks et al., Bio/Technology 10: 779-783 (1992)) by chain shuffling, and combinatorial infection and in vivo recombination as strategies for building very large phage libraries (Waterhouse et al., Nuc. Acids. Res, 21: 2265-2266 (1993)). Thus, these technologies are effective alternatives to traditional monoclonal antibody hybridoma techniques for isolating monoclonal antibodies.

也可以例如通过以下方式修饰这种DNA:将人重链恒定结构域和轻链恒定结构域的编码序列替换同源性小鼠序列(美国专利号4,816,567;Morrison等人,Proc.NatlAcad.Sci.USA 81:6851(1984))或将非免疫球蛋白多肽的编码序列的全部或部分与免疫球蛋白编码序列共价接合。This DNA also may be modified, for example, by replacing the coding sequences for human heavy and light chain constant domains with the homologous mouse sequences (U.S. Pat. No. 4,816,567; Morrison et al., Proc. Natl Acad. Sci. USA 81:6851 (1984)) or by covalently joining all or part of the coding sequence for a non-immunoglobulin polypeptide to the immunoglobulin coding sequence.

一般,对这类非免疫球蛋白多肽置换抗体的恒定结构域,或对它们置换抗体的一个抗原结合部位的可变结构域以产生一种嵌合双价抗体,所述嵌合双价抗体包含对一种抗原具有特异性的一个抗原结合位点和对一种不同抗原具有特异性的另一个抗原结合位点。Typically, such non-immunoglobulin polypeptides are substituted for the constant domains of an antibody, or they are substituted for the variable domains of one antigen-combining site of an antibody to create a chimeric bivalent antibody comprising one antigen-combining site with specificity for one antigen and another antigen-combining site with specificity for a different antigen.

在本文所述的任何方法的一些实施方案中,抗体是IgA、IgD、IgE、IgG或IgM。在一些实施方案中,抗体是IgG单克隆抗体。In some embodiments of any of the methods described herein, the antibody is IgA, IgD, IgE, IgG, or IgM. In some embodiments, the antibody is an IgG monoclonal antibody.

(ii)人源化抗体(ii) Humanized antibodies

在一些实施方案中,抗体是人源化抗体。本领域中已经描述了用于人源化非人抗体的方法。在一些实施方案中,人源化抗体已经从非人类的来源引入一个或多个氨基酸残基。这些非人类氨基酸残基经常称作“输入”残基,它们一般取自“输入”可变结构域。人源化可以基本上按照Winter和合作者(Jones等人,Nature,321:522-525(1986);Reichmann等人,Nature,332:323-327(1988);Verhoeyen等人,Science,239:1534-1536(1988))的方法通过将高变区序列置换为相应的人抗体序列进行。因此,此类人源化抗体是嵌合抗体(美国专利号4,816,567),其中基本上小于完整人可变结构域的区域已经由来自非人类物种的相应序列置换。在实践中,人源化抗体一般是其中一些高变区残基并且可能一些FR残基由来自啮齿动物抗体中类似位点的残基置换的人抗体。In some embodiments, the antibody is a humanized antibody. Methods for humanizing non-human antibodies have been described in the art. In some embodiments, humanized antibodies have been introduced into one or more amino acid residues from non-human sources. These non-human amino acid residues are often referred to as "input" residues, which are generally taken from "input" variable domains. Humanization can be carried out by replacing the hypervariable region sequence with the corresponding human antibody sequence according to Winter and collaborators (Jones et al., Nature, 321:522-525 (1986); Reichmann et al., Nature, 332:323-327 (1988); Verhoeyen et al., Science, 239:1534-1536 (1988)). Therefore, such humanized antibodies are chimeric antibodies (U.S. Patent number 4,816,567), in which the region substantially smaller than the complete human variable domain has been replaced by the corresponding sequence from a non-human species. In practice, humanized antibodies are typically human antibodies in which some hypervariable region residues and possibly some FR residues are substituted by residues from analogous sites in rodent antibodies.

选择待用于产生人源化抗体的人可变结构域(重链和轻链可变结构域)对于降低抗原性是十分重要的。根据所谓“最佳配合”方法,针对已知的人可变结构域序列的完整文库筛选啮齿动物抗体的可变结构域的序列。随后鉴定到与啮齿类序列最接近的人类序列并且接受它作为用于人源化抗体的人构架区(FR)(Sims等人,J.Immunol.151:2296(1993);Chothia等人,J.Mol.Biol.196:901(1987))。另一种方法使用从具有特定亚组轻链可变区或重链可变区的全部人类抗体的共有序列衍生的特殊构架区。相同的框架可以用于几种不同的人源化抗体(Carter等人,Proc.Natl.Acad.Sci.USA 89:4285(1992);Presta等人,J.Immunol.151:2623(1993))。The selection of human variable domains (heavy chain and light chain variable domains) to be used for producing humanized antibodies is very important for reducing antigenicity. According to the so-called "best fit" method, the sequence of the variable domains of rodent antibodies is screened for the complete library of known human variable domain sequences. Subsequently, the human sequence closest to the rodent sequence is identified and accepted as the human framework region (FR) for humanized antibodies (Sims et al., J. Immunol. 151: 2296 (1993); Chothia et al., J. Mol. Biol. 196: 901 (1987)). Another method uses a special framework region derived from the consensus sequence of all human antibodies with a specific subgroup light chain variable region or heavy chain variable region. The same framework can be used for several different humanized antibodies (Carter et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 89: 4285 (1992); Presta et al., J. Immunol. 151: 2623 (1993)).

还重要的是抗体应当人源化,同时保留针对抗原的高亲和力和其他有利生物学特性。为实现这个目标,在本方法的一些实施方案中,通过使用亲本序列和人源化序列的三维模型,分析亲本序列和多种构思性人源化产物的方法而制备人源化抗体。三维免疫球蛋白模型通常是可获得的并且是本领域技术人员熟悉的。说明并展示所选择候选免疫球蛋白序列的可能三维构象性结构的计算机程序是可获得的。对这些展示结果的检验允许分析残基在候选免疫球蛋白序列中发挥作用的可能角色,即,分析影响候选免疫球蛋白结合其抗原的能力的残基。以这种方式,可以从受体序列和输入序列选出并且组合FR残基,从而实现想要的抗体特征,如对靶抗原增加的亲和力。通常,高变区残基直接并且绝大部分参与影响抗原结合作用。It is also important that the antibody should be humanized, retaining high affinity and other favorable biological properties for the antigen simultaneously. To achieve this goal, in some embodiments of the present method, by using the three-dimensional model of the parental sequence and the humanized sequence, the method for analyzing the parental sequence and the multiple conceptual humanized products is prepared humanized antibody. The three-dimensional immunoglobulin model is normally obtainable and is familiar to those skilled in the art. The computer program that illustrates and displays the possible three-dimensional conformational structure of the selected candidate immunoglobulin sequence is obtainable. The inspection of these display results allows analysis of the possible role that residues play a role in the candidate immunoglobulin sequence, that is, analyzing the residues that affect the ability of the candidate immunoglobulin in conjunction with its antigen. In this way, FR residues can be selected and combined from receptor sequence and input sequence, thereby realizing the antibody characteristics desired, as the affinity increased to the target antigen. Usually, the hypervariable region residues directly and the overwhelming majority participate in affecting the antigen binding effect.

(iii)人抗体(iii) Human antibodies

在一些实施方案中,抗体是人抗体。作为人源化的备选,可以产生人抗体。例如,现在可以产生转基因动物(例如,小鼠),其中所述转基因动物一旦免疫就能够在不存在内源免疫球蛋白生产的情况下产生完整的人抗体库。例如,已经描述了在嵌合和种系突变小鼠中抗体重链铰链区(JH)基因的纯合缺失导致完全抑制内源抗体产生。将人种系免疫球蛋白基因阵列转移至此类种系突变小鼠中将导致一旦抗原攻击则产生人抗体。参见,例如,Jakobovits等人,Proc.Natl.Acad.Sci.USA,90:2551(1993);Jakobov其等人,Nature,362:255-258(1993);Bruggermann等人,Year in Immun.7:33(1993);和美国专利号5,591,669;5,589,369和5,545,807。In some embodiments, the antibody is a human antibody. As an alternative to humanization, human antibodies can be produced. For example, transgenic animals (e.g., mice) can now be produced, wherein the transgenic animals, once immunized, are able to produce a complete human antibody library in the absence of endogenous immunoglobulin production. For example, homozygous deletions of antibody heavy chain hinge region (J H ) genes have been described in chimeric and germline mutant mice, resulting in complete suppression of endogenous antibody production. Transferring human germline immunoglobulin gene arrays to such germline mutant mice will result in the production of human antibodies once antigen attack occurs. See, e.g., Jakobovits et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 90: 2551 (1993); Jakobovits et al., Nature, 362: 255-258 (1993); Bruggermann et al., Year in Immun. 7: 33 (1993); and U.S. Patent Nos. 5,591,669; 5,589,369 and 5,545,807.

可选地,噬菌体展示技术(McCafferty等人,Nature 348:552-553(1990))可以用来在体外从源自未免疫供体的免疫球蛋白可变(V)结构域基因库中产生人抗体和人抗体片段。根据这项技术,将抗体V结构域基因符合读码框地克隆到丝状噬菌体(如M13或fd)的主要衣壳多肽基因或小衣壳多肽基因中并且作为功能性抗体片段展示在噬菌体颗粒的表面上。因为丝状颗粒含有噬菌体基因组的单链DNA拷贝,故基于抗体功能特性的选择也导致选出编码展示这些特性的抗体的基因。因此,噬菌体模拟B细胞的一些特征。噬菌体展示可以按多种模式进行;对于它们的综述,见例如,Johnson,Kevin S.和Chiswell,David J.,Current Opinion in Structural Biology 3:564-571(1993)。几种来源的V-基因节段可以用于噬菌体展示。Clackson等人,Nature,352:624-628(1991)从衍生自免疫小鼠的脾中的V基因小型随机组合型文库中分离了一组多样的抗噁唑酮抗体。可以从未免疫的人供体构建V基因库,并且可以基本上按照Marks等人,J.Mol.Biol.222:581-597(1991)或Griffith等人,EMBO J.12:725-734(1993)描述的技术分离针对多样化抗原组(包括自身抗原)的抗体。还参见美国专利号5,565,332和5,573,905。Alternatively, phage display technology (McCafferty et al., Nature 348:552-553 (1990)) can be used to produce human antibodies and human antibody fragments in vitro from immunoglobulin variable (V) domain gene repertoires derived from unimmunized donors. According to this technology, antibody V domain genes are cloned in frame into the major capsid polypeptide gene or the minor capsid polypeptide gene of a filamentous phage (such as M13 or fd) and displayed on the surface of the phage particle as functional antibody fragments. Because the filamentous particles contain a single-stranded DNA copy of the phage genome, selection based on the functional properties of the antibody also results in the selection of genes encoding antibodies that display these properties. Thus, phage mimics some of the characteristics of B cells. Phage display can be performed in a variety of formats; for their review, see, for example, Johnson, Kevin S. and Chiswell, David J., Current Opinion in Structural Biology 3:564-571 (1993). V-gene segments from several sources can be used for phage display. Clackson et al., Nature, 352: 624-628 (1991) isolated a diverse set of anti-oxazolone antibodies from a small random combinatorial library of V genes in the spleen of immune mice. V gene libraries can be constructed from unimmunized human donors, and antibodies against diverse antigen groups (including self-antigens) can be separated substantially according to the techniques described by Marks et al., J. Mol. Biol. 222: 581-597 (1991) or Griffith et al., EMBO J. 12: 725-734 (1993). See also U.S. Patent Nos. 5,565,332 and 5,573,905.

也可以通过体外活化的B细胞产生人抗体(见美国专利5,567,610和5,229,275)。Human antibodies can also be generated by in vitro activated B cells (see US Pat. Nos. 5,567,610 and 5,229,275).

(iv)抗体片段(iv) Antibody fragments

在一些实施方案中,抗体是抗体片段。已经开发了用于产生抗体片段的多种技术。传统上,这些片段借助蛋白酶解消化完整抗体衍生(见,例如,Morimoto等人,Journal ofBiochemical and Biophysical Methods24:107-117(1992);和Brennan等人,Science,229:81(1985))。然而,现在可以通过重组宿主细胞直接产生这些片段。例如,抗体片段可以从上文讨论的抗体噬菌体文库分离。备选地,Fab'-SH片段可以从大肠杆菌直接回收并且化学地偶联以形成F(ab')2片段(Carter等人,Bio/Technology 10:163-167(1992))。根据另一种方法,F(ab')2片段可以从重组宿主细胞培养物直接分离。用于产生抗体片段的其他技术对于技术人员将是显而易见的。在其他实施方案中,选择的抗体是单链Fv片段(scFv)。参见WO 93/16185;美国专利号5,571,894;和美国专利号5,587,458。抗体片段也可以是“线型抗体”,例如,如美国专利5,641,870中所述。此类线型抗体片段可以是单特异性或双特异性的。In some embodiments, the antibody is an antibody fragment. A variety of technologies for producing antibody fragments have been developed. Traditionally, these fragments are derived from intact antibodies by proteolytic digestion (see, for example, Morimoto et al., Journal of Biochemical and Biophysical Methods 24: 107-117 (1992); and Brennan et al., Science, 229: 81 (1985)). However, these fragments can now be directly produced by recombinant host cells. For example, antibody fragments can be isolated from the antibody phage library discussed above. Alternatively, Fab'-SH fragments can be directly recovered from Escherichia coli and chemically coupled to form F(ab') 2 fragments (Carter et al., Bio/Technology 10: 163-167 (1992)). According to another method, F(ab') 2 fragments can be directly isolated from recombinant host cell cultures. Other technologies for producing antibody fragments will be apparent to technicians. In other embodiments, the antibody of choice is a single-chain Fv fragment (scFv). See WO 93/16185; U.S. Patent No. 5,571,894; and U.S. Patent No. 5,587,458. Antibody fragments may also be "linear antibodies," as described, for example, in U.S. Patent No. 5,641,870. Such linear antibody fragments may be monospecific or bispecific.

在一些实施方案中,提供本文所述的抗体的片段。在一些实施方案中,抗体片段是抗原结合片段。在一些实施方案中,抗原结合片段选自Fab片段、Fab’片段、F(ab’)2片段、scFv、Fv和双体抗体(diabody)。In some embodiments, fragments of the antibodies described herein are provided. In some embodiments, the antibody fragment is an antigen-binding fragment. In some embodiments, the antigen-binding fragment is selected from the group consisting of a Fab fragment, a Fab' fragment, a F(ab') 2 fragment, a scFv, a Fv, and a diabody.

(v)双特异性抗体(v) Bispecific antibodies

在一些实施方案中,抗体是双特异性抗体。双特异性抗体是对至少两个不同表位具有结合特异性的抗体。示例性双特异性抗体可以与两个不同表位结合。可选地,双特异性抗体结合臂可以与结合到白细胞上触发分子的臂组合,如T细胞受体分子(例如CD2或CD3)或IgG的Fc受体(FcγR)如FCγRI(CD64)、FCγRII(CD32)和FcγRIII(CD16),从而使细胞防御机制聚焦至该细胞。可以将双特异性抗体制备为全长抗体或抗体片段(例如,F(ab’)2双特异性抗体)。In some embodiments, antibody is a bispecific antibody. Bispecific antibodies are antibodies that have binding specificity to at least two different epitopes. Exemplary bispecific antibodies can be combined with two different epitopes. Alternatively, the bispecific antibody binding arm can be combined with the arm that is bound to the triggering molecule on the leukocyte, such as T cell receptor molecules (such as CD2 or CD3) or IgG Fc receptors (FcγR) such as FCγRI (CD64), FCγRII (CD32) and FcγRIII (CD16), so that the cellular defense mechanism is focused on the cell. Bispecific antibodies can be prepared as full-length antibodies or antibody fragments (for example, F (ab') 2 bispecific antibodies).

用于产生双特异性抗体的方法是本领域已知的。全长双特异性抗体的传统生产基于共表达两个免疫球蛋白重链-轻链对,其中所述两种链具有不同特异性(Millstein等人,Nature,305:537-539(1983))。因为免疫球蛋白重链和轻链的随机分配,这些杂交瘤(四合瘤(quadroma)产生10种不同抗体分子的可能混合物,其中仅一种分子具有正确的双特异性结构。正确分子的纯化相当繁琐,通常借助亲和层析步骤进行,并且产物产率低。在WO 93/0882中和Traunecker等人,EMBO J.,10:3655-3659(1991)中公开了相似的方法。Methods for producing bispecific antibodies are known in the art. The traditional production of full-length bispecific antibodies is based on co-expression of two immunoglobulin heavy chain-light chain pairs, wherein the two chains have different specificities (Millstein et al., Nature, 305:537-539 (1983)). Because of the random distribution of immunoglobulin heavy and light chains, these hybridomas (quadromas) produce a possible mixture of 10 different antibody molecules, in which only one molecule has the correct bispecific structure. The purification of the correct molecule is quite cumbersome, usually carried out by affinity chromatography steps, and the product yield is low. Similar methods are disclosed in WO 93/0882 and in Traunecker et al., EMBO J., 10:3655-3659 (1991).

根据一种不同方案,具有所需结合特异性的抗体可变结构域(抗体-抗原结合位点)与免疫球蛋白恒定域序列融合。在一些实施方案中,这种融合物具有免疫球蛋白重链恒定结构域,包括铰链区、CH2区和CH3区的至少部分。在一些实施方案中,含有轻链结合必需的位点的第一重链恒定区(CH1)存在于至少一种融合物中。将编码免疫球蛋白重链融合物和(如果所需)免疫球蛋白轻链的DNA插入独立的表达载体中并且共转染至合适的宿主生物中。在构建中所用的比率不等的3条多肽链提供最佳产率时的实施方案中,这在调节3种多肽片段的相互比例方面提供灵活性。然而,当至少两条多肽链以等比率的表达导致高产率时或当该比率没有特定意义时,可能将2条或全部3条多肽链的编码序列在一个表达载体中插入。According to a different approach, an antibody variable domain (antibody-antigen binding site) with desired binding specificity is fused to an immunoglobulin constant domain sequence. In some embodiments, this fusion has an immunoglobulin heavy chain constant domain, including at least a portion of a hinge region, a CH2 region, and a CH3 region. In some embodiments, the first heavy chain constant region (CH1) containing the site necessary for light chain binding is present in at least one fusion. DNA encoding the immunoglobulin heavy chain fusion and (if desired) immunoglobulin light chain is inserted into an independent expression vector and co-transfected into a suitable host organism. In embodiments where the three polypeptide chains used in the construction have different ratios to provide the best yield, this provides flexibility in regulating the mutual ratio of the three polypeptide fragments. However, when at least two polypeptide chains result in high yields with equal expression ratios or when the ratio has no specific meaning, the coding sequences of two or all three polypeptide chains may be inserted into one expression vector.

在这种方案的一些实施方案中,双特异性抗体由一条臂中具有第一结合特异性的杂合免疫球蛋白重链和另一条臂中的杂合免疫球蛋白重链-轻链对(提供第二结合特异性)组成。发现这种非对称结构促进所需的双特异性化合物与不想要的免疫球蛋白链组合分离,因为免疫球蛋白轻链在所述双特异性分子的仅一半中的存在提供了便利的分离方式。这种方法在WO 94/04690中公开。关于产生双特异性抗体的进一步细节,参见,例如Suresh等人,Methods in Enzymology 121:210(1986)。In some embodiments of this scheme, bispecific antibodies are composed of a hybrid immunoglobulin heavy chain with a first binding specificity in one arm and a hybrid immunoglobulin heavy chain-light chain pair (providing a second binding specificity) in the other arm. It was found that this asymmetric structure promotes the separation of the desired bispecific compound from unwanted immunoglobulin chain combinations because the presence of immunoglobulin light chains in only half of the bispecific molecule provides a convenient separation method. This method is disclosed in WO 94/04690. For further details on the generation of bispecific antibodies, see, for example, Suresh et al., Methods in Enzymology 121:210 (1986).

根据美国专利号5,731,168中描述的另一个方案,可以将一对抗体分子之间的界面工程化以最大化从重组细胞培养物回收的异二聚体的百分数。在一些实施方案中,该界面包含抗体恒定结构域的CH3结构域的至少一部分。在这种方法中,来自第一抗体分子界面的一个或多个小氨基酸侧链由较大侧链(例如,酪氨酸或色氨酸)替换。通过将大氨基酸侧链替换为较小侧链(例如,丙氨酸或苏氨酸),在第二抗体分子的界面上产生与大体积侧链具有相同或相似尺寸的补偿“空穴”。这提供了相对于其他不想要的产物(如同型二聚体)而言增加异二聚体产率的机制。According to another scheme described in U.S. Patent number 5,731,168, the interface between a pair of antibody molecules can be engineered to maximize the percentage of heterodimers recovered from recombinant cell culture. In some embodiments, the interface comprises at least a portion of the CH3 domain of an antibody constant domain. In this method, one or more small amino acid side chains from the interface of the first antibody molecule are replaced by larger side chains (e.g., tyrosine or tryptophan). By replacing the large amino acid side chains with smaller side chains (e.g., alanine or threonine), a compensation "hole" with the same or similar size as the bulky side chain is produced on the interface of the second antibody molecule. This provides a mechanism for increasing heterodimer productivity relative to other unwanted products (e.g., homodimers).

双特异性抗体包括交联抗体或“异质缀合”抗体。例如,异质缀合下的抗体之一可以偶联于抗生物素蛋白,另一种抗体偶联于生物素。已经例如提出这类抗体将靶免疫系统细胞导引至不想要的细胞(美国专利号4,676,980)并用于治疗HIV感染(WO 91/00360、WO92/200373和EP03089)。可以使用任何便利的交联方法产生异质缀合抗体。合适的交联剂是本领域熟知的并且连同许多交联技术一起在美国专利号4,676,980中公开。Bispecific antibodies include cross-linked antibodies or "heterogeneous conjugate" antibodies. For example, one of the antibodies under heterogeneous conjugate can be coupled to avidin, and the other antibody is coupled to biotin. For example, such antibodies have been proposed to guide target immune system cells to unwanted cells (U.S. Patent number 4,676,980) and to treat HIV infection (WO 91/00360, WO92/200373 and EP03089). Any convenient cross-linking method can be used to produce heterogeneous conjugate antibodies. Suitable cross-linking agents are well known in the art and are disclosed in U.S. Patent number 4,676,980 together with many cross-linking techniques.

也已经在文献中描述从抗体片段产生双特异性抗体的技术。例如,可以利用化学键制备双特异性抗体。Brennan等人,Science 229:81(1985)描述了其中完整抗体经蛋白酶解方式切割以产生F(ab’)2片段的方法。这些片段在稳定邻位二硫醇并防止分子间二硫化物形成的二硫醇络合剂亚砷酸钠存在下还原。产生的Fab'片段随后转化成硫代硝基苯甲酸酯(TNB)衍生物。随后将Fab'-TNB衍生物之一通过用巯基乙胺还原再转化成Fab'-巯基并且与等摩尔量的其他Fab'-TNB衍生物混合以形成双特异性抗体。产生的双特异性抗体可以用作用于选择性固定酶的物质。The technology of producing bispecific antibodies from antibody fragments has also been described in the literature. For example, bispecific antibodies can be prepared using chemical bonds. Brennan et al., Science 229:81 (1985) described a method in which intact antibodies are cleaved by proteolysis to produce F(ab') 2 fragments. These fragments are reduced in the presence of sodium arsenite, a dithiol complexing agent that stabilizes vicinal dithiols and prevents the formation of intermolecular disulfides. The resulting Fab' fragments are then converted into thionitrobenzoate (TNB) derivatives. Subsequently, one of the Fab'-TNB derivatives is converted back into a Fab'-sulfhydryl group by reduction with mercaptoethylamine and mixed with an equimolar amount of other Fab'-TNB derivatives to form a bispecific antibody. The resulting bispecific antibodies can be used as a material for selective enzyme immobilization.

也已经描述了从重组细胞培养物直接产生并分离双特异性抗体片段的多种技术。例如,已经使用亮氨酸拉链产生双特异性抗体。Kostelny等人,J.Immunol.,148(5):1547-1553(1992)。来自Fos和Jun蛋白的亮氨酸拉链肽通过基因融合与两个不同抗体的Fab'部分连接。抗体同型二聚体在铰链区经还原以形成单体和随后再氧化以形成抗体异二聚体。也可以将这种方法用于抗体同型二聚体的产生。Hollinger等人,Proc.Natl.Acad.Sci.USA,90:6444-6448(1993)描述的“双体抗体”技术已经为产生双特异性抗体片段提供替代性机制。这些片段包含通过接头与轻链可变结构域(VL)连接的重链可变结构域(VH),其中所述接头太短,以至于不允许相同链上的这两个结构域之间配对。因而,迫使一个片段的VH结构域和VL结构域与另一个片段的互补性VL结构域和VH结构域配对,因而形成两个抗原结合位点。还已经报道了通过利用单链Fv(sFv)二聚体产生双特异性抗体片段的另一种策略。参见Gruber等人,J.Immunol.152:5368(1994)。A variety of techniques for directly producing and isolating bispecific antibody fragments from recombinant cell culture have also been described. For example, bispecific antibodies have been produced using leucine zippers. Kostelny et al., J. Immunol., 148(5):1547-1553 (1992). Leucine zipper peptides from Fos and Jun proteins are linked to the Fab' portions of two different antibodies by gene fusion. Antibody homodimers are reduced at the hinge region to form monomers and then reoxidized to form antibody heterodimers. This approach can also be used to produce antibody homodimers. The "diabody" technology described by Hollinger et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 90:6444-6448 (1993) has provided an alternative mechanism for producing bispecific antibody fragments. These fragments contain a heavy chain variable domain (VH) connected to a light chain variable domain (VL) by a linker, wherein the linker is too short to allow pairing between the two domains on the same chain. Thus, the VH and VL domains of one fragment are forced to pair with the complementary VL and VH domains of another fragment, thereby forming two antigen-binding sites. Another strategy for generating bispecific antibody fragments by utilizing single-chain Fv (sFv) dimers has also been reported. See Gruber et al., J. Immunol. 152: 5368 (1994).

构思了大于二价的抗体。例如,可以制备三特异性抗体。Tutt等人,J.Immunol.147:60(1991)。Antibodies with greater than two valencies are contemplated. For example, trispecific antibodies can be prepared. Tutt et al., J. Immunol. 147:60 (1991).

(v)多价抗体(v) Multivalent Antibodies

在一些实施方案中,抗体是多价抗体。与双价抗体相比,多价抗体可以由表达与抗体结合的抗原的细胞更快内化(和/或异化)。本文提供的抗体可以是具有三个或更多个抗原结合位点的多价抗体(例如,四价抗体)(IgM类除外),所述多价抗体可以通过重组表达编码抗体的多肽链的核酸轻易地产生。多价抗体可以包含一个二聚化结构域和三个或更多个抗原结合位点。优选的二聚化结构域包含Fc区或铰链区或由其组成。在这种情况下,抗体将包含一个Fc区和在该Fc区氨基端的三个或更多个抗原结合位点。本文中的优选多价抗体包含3个至约8个、但优选地4个抗原结合位点或由其组成。多价抗体包含至少一条多肽链(和优选地两条多肽链),其中多肽链包含两个或更多个可变结构域。例如,多肽链可以包含VD1-(X1)n-VD2-(X2)n-Fc,其中VD1是第一可变结构域,VD2是第二可变结构域,Fc是一条Fc区多肽链,X1和X2代表氨基酸或多肽,并且n是0或1。例如,多肽链可以包含:VH-CH1-柔性接头-VH-CH1-Fc区链;或VH-CH1-VH-CH1-Fc区域链。本文的多价抗体优选地还包含至少两个(和优选地4个)轻链可变结构域多肽。本文的多价抗体可以例如,包含约2个至约8个轻链可变结构域多肽。本文中构思的轻链可变结构域多肽包含轻链可变结构域并且,任选地,还包含CL结构域。In some embodiments, the antibody is a multivalent antibody. Compared with bivalent antibodies, multivalent antibodies can be internalized (and/or alienated) faster by cells expressing antigens bound to the antibody. The antibodies provided herein can be multivalent antibodies (e.g., tetravalent antibodies) (except the IgM class) with three or more antigen binding sites, which can be easily produced by recombinantly expressing nucleic acids encoding the polypeptide chains of the antibodies. Multivalent antibodies can include a dimerization domain and three or more antigen binding sites. Preferred dimerization domains include or consist of an Fc region or hinge region. In this case, the antibody will include an Fc region and three or more antigen binding sites at the amino terminus of the Fc region. Preferred multivalent antibodies herein include or consist of 3 to about 8, but preferably 4 antigen binding sites. The multivalent antibody includes at least one polypeptide chain (and preferably two polypeptide chains), wherein the polypeptide chain includes two or more variable domains. For example, the polypeptide chain may comprise VD1-(X1)n-VD2-(X2)n-Fc, wherein VD1 is a first variable domain, VD2 is a second variable domain, Fc is an Fc region polypeptide chain, X1 and X2 represent amino acids or polypeptides, and n is 0 or 1. For example, the polypeptide chain may comprise: VH-CH1-flexible linker-VH-CH1-Fc region chain; or VH-CH1-VH-CH1-Fc region chain. The multivalent antibody herein preferably further comprises at least two (and preferably 4) light chain variable domain polypeptides. The multivalent antibody herein may, for example, comprise from about 2 to about 8 light chain variable domain polypeptides. The light chain variable domain polypeptides contemplated herein comprise a light chain variable domain and, optionally, further comprise a CL domain.

在一些实施方案中,抗体是多特异性抗体。这类多特异性抗体的例子包括,但不限于包含重链可变结构域(VH)和轻链可变结构域(VL)的抗体,其中所述VHVL单位具有多表位特异性;具有两个或更多个VL结构域和VH结构域的其中每个VHVL单位与不同表位结合的抗体、具有两个或更多个单一可变结构域的其中每个单一可变结构域与不同表位结合的抗体;全长抗体;抗体片段如Fab、Fv、dsFv、scFv、双体抗体、双特异性双体抗体、三体抗体、三功能性抗体、已经共价或非共价连接的抗体片段。在一些实施方案中,该抗体具有多表位特异性,例如具有与相同靶或不同靶上两个或更多个不同表位特异性结合的能力。在一些实施方案中,抗体是单特异性的;例如,仅结合一个表位的抗体。根据一个实施方案,所述多特异性抗体是以5μM至0.001pM、3μM至0.001pM、1μM至0.001pM、0.5μM至0.001pM或0.1μM至0.001pM的亲和力与每个表位结合的IgG抗体。In some embodiments, the antibody is a multispecific antibody. Examples of such multispecific antibodies include, but are not limited to, antibodies comprising a heavy chain variable domain ( VH ) and a light chain variable domain ( VL ), wherein the VHVL unit has polyepitopic specificity; antibodies having two or more VL domains and VH domains, wherein each VHVL unit binds to a different epitope; antibodies having two or more single variable domains, wherein each single variable domain binds to a different epitope; full-length antibodies; antibody fragments such as Fab, Fv, dsFv, scFv, diabodies, bispecific diabodies, triabodies, trifunctional antibodies, and antibody fragments that have been covalently or non-covalently linked. In some embodiments, the antibody has polyepitopic specificity, e.g., the ability to specifically bind to two or more different epitopes on the same target or different targets. In some embodiments, the antibody is monospecific; e.g., an antibody that binds only one epitope. According to one embodiment, the multispecific antibody is an IgG antibody that binds to each epitope with an affinity of 5 μM to 0.001 pM, 3 μM to 0.001 pM, 1 μM to 0.001 pM, 0.5 μM to 0.001 pM, or 0.1 μM to 0.001 pM.

(vi)其他抗体修饰(vi) Other antibody modifications

可以想要的是就效应子功能方面修饰本文中提供的抗体,从而例如增强该抗体的抗原依赖性细胞介导细胞毒性(ADCC)和/或补体依赖性细胞毒性(CDC)。这可以通过在抗体的Fc区中引入一个或多个氨基酸置换实现。备选或另外,可以在Fc区中引入半胱氨酸残基,因而允许在该区域内形成链间二硫键。如此产生的同二聚体抗体可以具有改善的内化能力和/或提高的补体介导细胞杀伤作用和抗体依赖性细胞毒性(ADCC)。参见Caron等人,J.ExpMed.176:1191-1195(1992)和Shopes,B.J.Immunol.148:2918-2922(1992)。也可以使用如Wolff等人,Cancer Research 53:2560-2565(1993)中所述的异双功能交联剂制备具有增强的抗肿瘤活性的同型二聚体抗体。备选地,可以工程化抗体,使其具有双Fc区并且因而可以具有增强的补体介导的裂解能力和ADCC能力。参见Stevenson等人,Anti-Cancer DrugDesign 3:219-230(1989)。It may be desirable to modify the antibodies provided herein with respect to effector functions, such as to enhance the antigen-dependent cell-mediated cytotoxicity (ADCC) and/or complement-dependent cytotoxicity (CDC) of the antibody. This can be achieved by introducing one or more amino acid substitutions into the Fc region of the antibody. Alternatively or in addition, cysteine residues can be introduced into the Fc region, thereby allowing the formation of interchain disulfide bonds within the region. The homodimeric antibodies thus produced can have improved internalization capacity and/or improved complement-mediated cell killing and antibody-dependent cellular cytotoxicity (ADCC). See Caron et al., J. Exp Med. 176: 1191-1195 (1992) and Shopes, B. J. Immunol. 148: 2918-2922 (1992). Homodimeric antibodies with enhanced anti-tumor activity can also be prepared using heterobifunctional cross-linkers as described in Wolff et al., Cancer Research 53: 2560-2565 (1993). Alternatively, antibodies can be engineered to have dual Fc regions and thus have enhanced complement-mediated lysis and ADCC capabilities. See Stevenson et al., Anti-Cancer Drug Design 3:219-230 (1989).

为了增加抗体的血清半寿期,可以在抗体中进行氨基酸改变,如因而通过引用方式完整地并入的美国2006/0067930中所述。To increase the serum half-life of an antibody, amino acid changes can be made in the antibody as described in US 2006/0067930, which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety.

(B)多肽变体和修饰(B) Polypeptide Variants and Modifications

可以在纯化本文所述的多肽(例如,抗体)的方法中使用本文所述的多肽(包括抗体)的氨基酸序列修饰。Amino acid sequence modifications of the polypeptides described herein (including antibodies) can be used in methods for purifying the polypeptides described herein (eg, antibodies).

(i)变体多肽(i) Variant polypeptides

“多肽变体”意指如本文定义的多肽,优选是活性多肽,所述多肽在具有或没有信号肽的情况下与该多肽的全长天然序列、缺少信号肽的多肽序列、多肽的胞外结构域具有至少约80%氨基酸序列同一性。这类多肽变体包括,例如,其中在这种全长天然氨基酸序列的N末端或C末端添加或缺失一个或多个氨基酸残基的多肽。通常,TAT多肽变体将在具有或没有信号肽的情况下与该多肽的全长天然序列、缺少信号肽的多肽序列、多肽的胞外结构域具有至少约80%氨基酸序列同一性、备选地至少以下任一百分数的氨基酸序列同一性:约85%、90%、95%、96%、97%、98%、或99%。任选的,与天然多肽序列相比,变体多肽将具有不多于一个保守性氨基酸置换,备选地与天然多肽序列相比,具有不多于约以下任何个保守性氨基酸置换:2、3、4、5、6、7、8、9或10个。"Polypeptide variant" means a polypeptide as defined herein, preferably an active polypeptide, having at least about 80% amino acid sequence identity with the full-length native sequence of the polypeptide, a polypeptide sequence lacking a signal peptide, or the extracellular domain of the polypeptide with or without a signal peptide. Such polypeptide variants include, for example, polypeptides in which one or more amino acid residues are added or deleted at the N-terminus or C-terminus of such a full-length native amino acid sequence. Typically, TAT polypeptide variants will have at least about 80% amino acid sequence identity, alternatively at least the following percentages of amino acid sequence identity with the full-length native sequence of the polypeptide, a polypeptide sequence lacking a signal peptide, or the extracellular domain of the polypeptide with or without a signal peptide: about 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, or 99%. Optionally, the variant polypeptide will have no more than one conservative amino acid substitution compared to the native polypeptide sequence, alternatively, no more than about any of the following conservative amino acid substitutions compared to the native polypeptide sequence: 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 or 10.

例如,与全长天然多肽比较时,变体多肽可以在N末端或C末端截短,或可以缺少内部残基。某些变体多肽可以缺少对所需生物活性而言并非必需的氨基酸残基。具有截短、缺失和插入的这些变体多肽可以通过多种常规技术的任一种制备。所需的变体多肽可以化学合成。另一个合适的技术涉及分离和通过聚合酶链反应(PCR)扩增编码所需变体多肽的核酸片段。在PCR中,在5'引物和3'引物使用限定核酸片段的所需末端的寡核苷酸。优选地,变体多肽与本文公开的天然多肽共有至少一种生物学活性和/或免疫活性。For example, when compared to a full-length native polypeptide, a variant polypeptide may be truncated at the N-terminus or C-terminus, or may lack internal residues. Certain variant polypeptides may lack amino acid residues that are not essential for the desired biological activity. These variant polypeptides with truncation, deletion, and insertion can be prepared by any of a variety of conventional techniques. The desired variant polypeptide can be chemically synthesized. Another suitable technique involves isolating and amplifying nucleic acid fragments encoding the desired variant polypeptides by polymerase chain reaction (PCR). In PCR, oligonucleotides that limit the desired ends of the nucleic acid fragment are used at 5' primers and 3' primers. Preferably, the variant polypeptide shares at least one biological activity and/or immunological activity with the native polypeptide disclosed herein.

氨基酸序列插入包括长度从1个残基至含有成百个或更多个残基的多肽间变动的氨基端和/或羧基端融合,以及单个或多个氨基酸残基的序列内插入。末端插入的实例包括具有N端甲硫氨酰残基的抗体或与细胞毒性多肽融合的抗体。抗体分子的其他插入性变体包括抗体的N末端或C末端与酶或增加该抗体血清半寿期的多肽融合。Amino acid sequence insertions include amino- and/or carboxyl-terminal fusions ranging in length from one residue to polypeptides containing hundreds or more residues, as well as intrasequence insertions of single or multiple amino acid residues. Examples of terminal insertions include antibodies with an N-terminal methionyl residue or antibodies fused to a cytotoxic polypeptide. Other insertional variants of the antibody molecule include fusions of the N- or C-terminus of the antibody to an enzyme or a polypeptide that increases the serum half-life of the antibody.

例如,可能想要改善该多肽的结合亲和力和/或其他生物学特性。通过将适宜的核苷酸变化导入编码抗体的核酸中或通过肽合成法制备抗体的氨基酸序列变体。此类修饰包括例如,从多肽的氨基酸序列内部缺失残基和/或将残基插入该氨基酸序列中和/或置换该氨基酸序列中的残基。产生缺失、插入和置换的任意组合以获得最终构建体,只要所述最终构建体拥有想要的特征。氨基酸变化也可以改变多肽(例如,抗体)的翻译后过程,如改变糖基化位点的数目或位置。For example, it may be desirable to improve the binding affinity and/or other biological properties of the polypeptide. Amino acid sequence variants of the antibody may be prepared by introducing appropriate nucleotide changes into the nucleic acid encoding the antibody or by peptide synthesis. Such modifications include, for example, deleting residues from the amino acid sequence of the polypeptide and/or inserting residues into the amino acid sequence and/or replacing residues in the amino acid sequence. Any combination of deletions, insertions, and substitutions may be used to obtain the final construct, as long as the final construct has the desired characteristics. Amino acid changes may also alter post-translational processes of the polypeptide (e.g., antibody), such as changing the number or position of glycosylation sites.

可以通过将多肽的序列与已知同源多肽分子的序列比较并最小化在高度同源性区域内所做的氨基酸序列变化的数目,找到确定可以在并未不利影响所需活性的情况下插入、置换或缺失哪个氨基酸残基方面的指导原则。Guidance in determining which amino acid residues can be inserted, substituted, or deleted without adversely affecting the desired activity can be found by comparing the sequence of the polypeptide to the sequences of known homologous polypeptide molecules and minimizing the number of amino acid sequence changes made within regions of high homology.

一种用于鉴定多肽(例如,抗体)中作为优选诱变位置的某些残基或区域的有用方法称作“丙氨酸扫描诱变法”,如Cunningham和Wells,Science 244:1081-1085(1989)所述。这里,将残基或靶残基组确定(例如,带电荷残基如Arg、Asp、His、Lys和Glu)并用中性或带负电荷的氨基酸(最优选丙氨酸或聚丙氨酸)替换以影响所述氨基酸与抗原的相互作用。随后通过在置换位点导入另外或其他的变体来修改那些对置换显示功能敏感性的氨基酸位点。因而,尽管用于导入氨基酸序列变异的部位是预定的,但是突变本身的性质不需要预定。例如,为分析突变在给定位点的表现,在靶密码子或靶区实施丙氨酸扫描或随机诱变,并且对表达的抗体变体筛选所需的活性。A useful method for identifying certain residues or regions in a polypeptide (e.g., an antibody) that are preferred locations for mutagenesis is called "alanine scanning mutagenesis," as described by Cunningham and Wells, Science 244:1081-1085 (1989). Here, a residue or group of target residues is identified (e.g., charged residues such as Arg, Asp, His, Lys, and Glu) and replaced with neutral or negatively charged amino acids (most preferably alanine or polyalanine) to affect the interaction of the amino acids with the antigen. Amino acid sites that show functional sensitivity to the replacement are then modified by introducing additional or other variants at the replacement site. Thus, while the site for introducing amino acid sequence variation is predetermined, the nature of the mutation itself does not need to be predetermined. For example, to analyze the performance of a mutation at a given site, alanine scanning or random mutagenesis is performed at the target codon or target region, and the expressed antibody variants are screened for the desired activity.

变体的另一种类型是氨基酸置换变体。这些变体使抗体分子中的至少一个氨基酸残基由不同的残基替代。对于置换性诱变而言兴趣最大的位点包括高变区,但是也构思了FR变异。下表2中在“优选置换”的标题下显示保守性置换。如果此类置换导致生物活性改变,则可以引入表2中名为“示例性置换”或如下文参考氨基酸类别进一步描述的更明显改变,并且筛选产物。Another type of variant is an amino acid substitution variant. These variants replace at least one amino acid residue in the antibody molecule with a different residue. The sites of greatest interest for substitutional mutagenesis include hypervariable regions, but FR variations are also contemplated. Conservative substitutions are shown under the heading "preferred substitutions" in Table 2 below. If such substitutions result in a change in biological activity, then more obvious changes such as those described further below with reference to amino acid classes, such as those in Table 2, may be introduced and the product screened.

表2.Table 2.

原始残基Original residue 示例性置换Exemplary substitutions 优选置换Preferred replacement Ala(A)Ala(A) Val;Leu;IleVal; Leu; Ile ValVal Arg(R)Arg(R) Lys;Gln;AsnLys; Gln; Asn LysLys Asn(N)Asn(N) Gln;His;Asp;Lys;ArgGln; His; Asp; Lys; Arg GlnGln Asp(D)Asp(D) Glu;AsnGlu; Asn GluGlu Cys(C)Cys(C) Ser;AlaSer; Ala SerSer Gln(Q)Gln(Q) Asn;GluAsn;Glu AsnAsn Glu(E)Glu(E) Asp;GlnAsp; Gln AspAsp Gly(G)Gly(G) AlaAla AlaAla His(H)His(H) Asn;Gln;Lys;ArgAsn; Gln; Lys; Arg ArgArg Ile(I)Ile(I) Leu;Val;Met;Ala;Phe;正亮氨酸Leu; Val; Met; Ala; Phe; norleucine LeuLeu Leu(L)Leu(L) 正亮氨酸;Ile;Val;Met;Ala;PheNorleucine; Ile; Val; Met; Ala; Phe IleIle Lys(K)Lys(K) Arg;Gln;AsnArg; Gln; Asn ArgArg Met(M)Met(M) Leu;Phe;IleLeu; Phe; Ile LeuLeu Phe(F)Phe(F) Trp;Leu;Val;Ile;Ala;TyrTrp; Leu; Val; Ile; Ala; Tyr TyrTyr Pro(P)Pro(P) AlaAla AlaAla Ser(S)Ser(S) ThrThr ThrThr Thr(T)Thr(T) Val;SerVal; Ser SerSer Trp(W)Trp(W) Tyr;PheTyr; Phe TyrTyr Tyr(Y)Tyr(Y) Trp;Phe;Thr;SerTrp; Phe; Thr; Ser PhePhe Val(V)Val(V) Ile;Leu;Met;Phe;Ala;正亮氨酸Ile; Leu; Met; Phe; Ala; norleucine LeuLeu

通过选择在维持(a)多肽主链在置换区域内的结构例如折叠或螺旋构象、(b)该分子在靶位点处的电荷或疏水性或(c)侧链体积方面作用明显不同的置换实现所多肽生物学特性的明显修饰。氨基酸可以根据其侧链特性的相似性分组(引自A.L.Lehninger,Biochemistry,第2版,第73-75页,Worth Publishers,New York(1975)):Substituents that differ significantly in their effect on maintaining (a) the structure of the polypeptide backbone in the region of substitution, e.g., a sheet or helical conformation, (b) the charge or hydrophobicity of the molecule at the target site, or (c) the bulk of the side chain can be used to significantly modify the biological properties of the polypeptide. Amino acids can be grouped according to the similarity of their side chain properties (adapted from A. L. Lehninger, Biochemistry, 2nd ed., pp. 73-75, Worth Publishers, New York (1975)):

(1)非极性:Ala(A)、Val(V)、Leu(L)、Ile(I)、Pro(P)、Phe(F)、Trp(W)、Met(M)(1) Non-polar: Ala (A), Val (V), Leu (L), Ile (I), Pro (P), Phe (F), Trp (W), Met (M)

(2)不带电荷极性:Gly(G)、Ser(S)、Thr(T)、Cys(C)、Tyr(Y)、Asn(N)、Gln(Q)(2) Uncharged polarity: Gly(G), Ser(S), Thr(T), Cys(C), Tyr(Y), Asn(N), Gln(Q)

(3)酸性:Asp(D)、Glu(E)(3) Acidic: Asp (D), Glu (E)

(4)碱性:Lys(K)、Arg(R)、His(H)(4) Basic: Lys(K), Arg(R), His(H)

备选地,天然存在的残基可以基于共有的侧链特性划分成组:Alternatively, naturally occurring residues can be divided into groups based on shared side-chain properties:

(1)疏水性:正亮氨酸、Met、Ala、Val、Leu;Ile;(1) Hydrophobicity: norleucine, Met, Ala, Val, Leu; Ile;

(2)中性亲水:Cys、Ser、Thr、Asn;Gln;(2) Neutral hydrophilic: Cys, Ser, Thr, Asn; Gln;

(3)酸性:Asp、Glu;(3) Acidic: Asp, Glu;

(4)碱性:His、Lys、Arg;(4) Basic: His, Lys, Arg;

(5)影响链方向的残基:Gly、Pro;(5) Residues that affect chain direction: Gly, Pro;

(6)芳族:Trp、Tyr、Phe。(6) Aromatic: Trp, Tyr, Phe.

非保守性置换将使这些分类之一的成员交换为另一个分类的成员。Non-conservative substitutions will exchange a member of one of these classes for a member of another class.

也可以将不参与维持抗体正确构象的任意半胱氨酸残基置换,通常用丝氨酸置换,以改善该分子的氧化稳定性并且防止异常交联。相反,可以添加半胱氨酸键至该多肽以改善其稳定性(尤其在该抗体是抗体片段如Fv片段的情况下)。Any cysteine residue that is not involved in maintaining the correct conformation of the antibody can also be substituted, usually with serine, to improve the oxidative stability of the molecule and prevent abnormal cross-linking. Conversely, cysteine bonds can be added to the polypeptide to improve its stability (especially when the antibody is an antibody fragment such as an Fv fragment).

一个特别优选的置换变体类型涉及置换亲本抗体(例如,人源化抗体)的一个或多个高变区残基。通常,经选择用于进一步开发的所得变体相对于产生它们的亲本抗体将具有改善的生物学特性。用于产生此类置换性变体的便利方式涉及使用噬菌体展示的亲和力成熟法。简而言之,将几个高变区位点(例如6-7个位点)突变以在每个位点产生全部可能的氨基置换。将如此产生的抗体变体以单价形式从丝状噬菌体颗粒中展示为与每个颗粒内部包装的M13的基因III产物的融合物。随后如本文中所公开那样,对噬菌体展示的变体筛选它们的生物活性(例如结合亲和力)。为了鉴定用于修饰的候选高变区位点,可以进行丙氨酸扫描诱变以鉴定明显有助于抗原结合作用的高变区残基。备选或额外地,可以有利的是分析抗原-抗体复合物的晶体结构以鉴定该抗体与靶之间的接触点。此类接触残基和邻近残基是根据本文所详述的置换候选者。一旦产生此类变体,将这组变体进行如本文中所述的筛选,并且可以选择在一种或多种相关测定法中具有优异特性的抗体用于进一步开发。A particularly preferred substitution variant type involves replacing one or more hypervariable region residues of a parent antibody (e.g., a humanized antibody). Typically, the resulting variants selected for further development will have improved biological properties relative to the parent antibody from which they are produced. A convenient way to produce such substitution variants involves affinity maturation using phage display. In short, several hypervariable region sites (e.g., 6-7 sites) are mutated to produce all possible amino substitutions at each site. The antibody variants thus produced are displayed as fusions of the gene III product of the M13 packaged inside each particle in a monovalent form from filamentous phage particles. Subsequently, as disclosed herein, the phage-displayed variants are screened for their biological activity (e.g., binding affinity). In order to identify candidate hypervariable region sites for modification, alanine scanning mutagenesis can be performed to identify hypervariable region residues that significantly contribute to antigen binding. Alternatively or additionally, it may be advantageous to analyze the crystal structure of the antigen-antibody complex to identify the contact points between the antibody and the target. Such contact residues and adjacent residues are candidates for substitution as described in detail herein. Once such variants are generated, the panel of variants is subjected to screening as described herein, and antibodies with superior properties in one or more relevant assays can be selected for further development.

这种多肽的氨基酸变体的另一种形式改变抗体的初始糖基化模式。多肽可以包含非氨基酸部分。例如,多肽可以糖基化。这种糖基化可以在在宿主细胞或宿主生物中表达多肽期间天然地发生,或可以是源自人类干预的故意修饰。变更意指删除一个或多个存在于多肽中的糖部分和/或添加一个或多个不存在于多肽中的糖基化位点。Another form of amino acid variants of such polypeptides alters the original glycosylation pattern of the antibody. Polypeptides may comprise non-amino acid moieties. For example, polypeptides may be glycosylated. Such glycosylation may occur naturally during expression of the polypeptide in a host cell or host organism, or may be a deliberate modification resulting from human intervention. Alterations may include deletion of one or more sugar moieties present in the polypeptide and/or addition of one or more glycosylation sites not present in the polypeptide.

多肽的糖基化一般是N联或O联的。N-联指糖部分与天冬酰胺残基侧链的接合。三肽序列天冬酰胺-X-丝氨酸和天冬酰胺-X-苏氨酸,其中X是除脯氨酸之外的任意氨基酸,是糖部分与天冬酰胺侧链酶促接合的识别序列。因而,这些三肽序列的任一个在多肽中的存在产生潜在糖基化位点。O-联糖基化指以下糖:N-乙酰半乳糖胺、半乳糖或木糖之一与羟氨基酸、最常见与丝氨酸或苏氨酸的接合,虽然也可以使用5-羟脯氨酸或5-羟赖氨酸。Glycosylation of polypeptides is generally either N-linked or O-linked. N-linked refers to the attachment of a sugar moiety to the side chain of an asparagine residue. The tripeptide sequences asparagine-X-serine and asparagine-X-threonine, where X is any amino acid except proline, serve as recognition sequences for enzymatic attachment of the sugar moiety to the asparagine side chain. Thus, the presence of either of these tripeptide sequences in a polypeptide creates a potential glycosylation site. O-linked glycosylation refers to the attachment of one of the following sugars: N-acetylgalactosamine, galactose, or xylose, to a hydroxyamino acid, most commonly serine or threonine, although 5-hydroxyproline or 5-hydroxylysine may also be used.

通过变更氨基酸序列使得该抗体含有一个或多个上述的三肽序列(对于N-联糖基化位点而言)从而方便地实现添加糖基化位点至多肽。通过对初始抗体的序列添加或置换入一个或多个丝氨酸或苏氨酸残基也可以产生这种变异(对于O-联糖基化位点而言)。Addition of glycosylation sites to the polypeptide is conveniently accomplished by altering the amino acid sequence such that the antibody contains one or more of the above-described tripeptide sequences (for N-linked glycosylation sites). Such variations can also be achieved by adding or substituting one or more serine or threonine residues into the sequence of the original antibody (for O-linked glycosylation sites).

可以按化学或酶促方式或通过突变性置换密码子,实现多肽上存在的糖部分的移除,其中所述密码子编码充当糖基化的靶的氨基酸残基。可以通过使用多种内切糖苷酶和外切糖苷酶实现多肽上糖部分的酶促切除。Removal of carbohydrate moieties present on a polypeptide can be achieved chemically or enzymatically, or by mutational replacement of codons encoding amino acid residues that serve as targets for glycosylation. Enzymatic cleavage of carbohydrate moieties on polypeptides can be achieved by the use of a variety of endoglycosidases and exoglycosidases.

其他修饰包括谷氨酰胺酰残基和天冬酰胺酰残基分别脱酰胺化成为相应的谷氨酰残基和天冬氨酰残基、脯氨酸和赖氨酸的羟化、丝氨酰残基或苏氨酰残基的羟基的磷酸化、赖氨酸、精氨酸和组氨酸侧链的α-氨基的甲基化、N末端胺的乙酰化和任何C端羧基的酰胺化。Other modifications include deamidation of glutaminyl and asparaginyl residues to the corresponding glutamyl and aspartyl residues, respectively, hydroxylation of proline and lysine, phosphorylation of the hydroxyl group of seryl or threonyl residues, methylation of the α-amino groups of lysine, arginine, and histidine side chains, acetylation of the N-terminal amine, and amidation of any C-terminal carboxyl group.

(ii)嵌合多肽(ii) Chimeric polypeptides

本文所述的多肽可以按形成包该多肽的嵌合分子的方式修饰,所述多肽与另一个异源多肽或氨基酸序列融合。在一些实施方案中,嵌合分子包含多肽与标签多肽的融合物,所述标签多肽提供抗标签抗体可以选择性与之结合的表位。表位标签通常置于多肽的氨基端或羧基端。可以使用针对标签多肽的抗体,检测到这类加表位标签形式的多肽存在。另外,表位标签的提供使得能够利用抗标签抗体或另一个类型与该表位标签结合的亲和基质,通过亲和纯化法轻易纯化该多肽。The polypeptides described herein can be modified in a manner that forms a chimeric molecule comprising the polypeptide, wherein the polypeptide is fused to another heterologous polypeptide or amino acid sequence. In some embodiments, the chimeric molecule comprises a fusion of a polypeptide and a tag polypeptide, wherein the tag polypeptide provides an epitope to which an anti-tag antibody can selectively bind. The epitope tag is typically placed at the amino or carboxyl terminus of the polypeptide. Antibodies against the tag polypeptide can be used to detect the presence of such epitope-tagged polypeptides. In addition, the provision of the epitope tag enables the polypeptide to be easily purified by affinity purification using an anti-tag antibody or another type of affinity matrix that binds to the epitope tag.

在一个备选实施方案中,嵌合分子可以包含多肽与免疫球蛋白或免疫球蛋白特定区域的融合物。双价形式的嵌合分子称作“免疫黏附素”。In an alternative embodiment, the chimeric molecule may comprise a fusion of a polypeptide with an immunoglobulin or a specific region of an immunoglobulin. The bivalent form of the chimeric molecule is referred to as an "immunoadhesin."

如本文所用,术语“免疫黏附素”指抗体样分子,所述抗体样分子将异源多肽的结合特异性与免疫球蛋白恒定结构域的效应子功能合并。在结构上,免疫黏附素包括具有所需结合特异性的氨基酸序列和免疫球蛋白恒定结构域序列的融合物,所述氨基酸序列不是抗体的抗原识别和结合位点(即,是“异源”的)。免疫黏附素分子的黏附蛋白部分一般是至少包含受体或配体结合位点的连续氨基酸序列。免疫黏附素中的免疫球蛋白恒定结构域序列可以从任何免疫球蛋白获得,如IgG-1、IgG-2、IgG-3或IgG-4亚型、IgA(包括IgA-1和IgA-2)、IgE、IgD或IgM。As used herein, the term "immunoadhesin" refers to an antibody-like molecule that combines the binding specificity of a heterologous polypeptide with the effector function of an immunoglobulin constant domain. Structurally, an immunoadhesin comprises a fusion of an amino acid sequence with the desired binding specificity, which is not the antigen recognition and binding site of an antibody (i.e., is "heterologous"), and an immunoglobulin constant domain sequence. The adhesive protein portion of an immunoadhesin molecule is generally a continuous amino acid sequence that contains at least a receptor or ligand binding site. The immunoglobulin constant domain sequence in an immunoadhesin can be obtained from any immunoglobulin, such as IgG-1, IgG-2, IgG-3, or IgG-4 subtypes, IgA (including IgA-1 and IgA-2), IgE, IgD, or IgM.

Ig融合物优选地包括置换Ig分子内部至少一个可变区的可溶性(跨膜结构域缺失或失活)形式的多肽。在一个特别优选的实施方案中,免疫球蛋白融合物包括IgG1分子的铰链区、CH2区和CH3区或者铰链区、CH1、CH2和CH3区。Ig fusions preferably include a soluble (transmembrane domain deleted or inactivated) form of a polypeptide that replaces at least one variable region within an Ig molecule. In a particularly preferred embodiment, the immunoglobulin fusion comprises the hinge, CH2 , and CH3 regions, or the hinge, CH1 , CH2 , and CH3 regions, of an IgG1 molecule.

(iii)多肽缀合物(iii) Polypeptide Conjugates

多肽制剂中可用的多肽可以是与细胞毒剂如化疗剂、生长抑制剂、毒素(例如,细菌源、真菌源、植物源或动物源的酶活性毒素或其片段)或放射性同位素(即,放射缀合物)的缀合物。The polypeptides useful in polypeptide formulations may be conjugated to cytotoxic agents such as chemotherapeutic agents, growth inhibitory agents, toxins (e.g., enzymatically active toxins of bacterial, fungal, plant, or animal origin, or fragments thereof), or radioactive isotopes (i.e., radioconjugates).

可以使用可用于产生这类缀合物的化疗剂。此外,可以使用的酶活性毒素或其片段包括白喉毒素A链、白喉毒素的无结合活性片段、外毒素A链(来自铜绿假单胞菌(Pseudomonas aeruginosa))、蓖麻毒蛋白A链、相思豆毒蛋白A链、蒴莲根毒蛋白A链、α-帚曲菌素、油桐(Aleurites fordii)蛋白、香石竹毒蛋白、垂序商陆(Phytolaca americana)蛋白(PAPI、PAPII和PAP-S)、苦瓜(momordica charantia)抑制蛋白、麻疯树毒蛋白、巴豆毒蛋白、肥皂草(sapaonaria officinalis)抑制蛋白、多花白树毒蛋白、丝林霉素(mitogellin)、局限曲菌素、酚霉素、伊诺霉素和单端孢霉烯族类化合物。多种放射性核素可用于产生放射缀合的多肽。例子包括212Bi、131I、131In、90Y和186Re。使用以下多种双官能蛋白质偶联剂,产生多肽和细胞毒剂的缀合物:如N-琥珀酰亚胺基-3-(2-吡啶基二硫代)丙酸酯(SPDP)、亚氨基硫烷(IT)、亚氨酯的双功能衍生物(如己二亚氨盐酸二甲酯)、活性酯(如辛二酸二琥珀酰亚胺酯)、醛(如戊二醛)、双-叠氮化合物(如双(对-叠氮苯甲酰基)己二胺)、双-重氮盐衍生物(如双-(对-重氮盐苯甲酰基)-乙二胺)、二异氰酸酯(如2,6-二异氰酸甲苯酯)和双活性氟化合物(如1,5-二氟-2,4-二硝基苯)产生免疫缀合物。例如,可以如Vitetta等人,Science 238:1098(1987)中所述制备蓖麻毒蛋白免疫毒素。碳-14-标记的1-异硫氰酸根合苄基-3-甲基二乙三胺五乙酸(MX-DTPA)是用于放射性核素与多肽缀合的示例性螯合剂。Chemotherapeutic agents that can be used to produce such conjugates can be used. In addition, enzymatically active toxins or fragments thereof that can be used include diphtheria toxin A chain, non-binding active fragments of diphtheria toxin, exotoxin A chain (from Pseudomonas aeruginosa), ricin A chain, abrin A chain, modeccin A chain, α-sarcin, Aleurites fordii proteins, dianthin, Phytolaca americana proteins (PAPI, PAPII, and PAP-S), momordica charantia inhibitory protein, curcin, crotin, sapaonaria officinalis inhibitory protein, gelonin, mitogellin, restrictocin, phenomycin, enomycin, and trichothecenes. A variety of radionuclides can be used to produce radioconjugated polypeptides. Examples include 212 Bi, 131 I, 131 In, 90 Y, and 186 Re. Conjugates of polypeptides and cytotoxic agents are generated using a variety of bifunctional protein coupling agents, such as N-succinimidyl-3-(2-pyridyldithio) propionate (SPDP), iminothiolane (IT), bifunctional derivatives of imidoesters (such as dimethyl adipimidate hydrochloride), active esters (such as disuccinimidyl suberate), aldehydes (such as glutaraldehyde), bis-azido compounds (such as bis(p-azidobenzoyl)hexanediamine), bis-diazonium salt derivatives (such as bis-(p-diazoniumbenzoyl)-ethylenediamine), diisocyanates (such as 2,6-toluene diisocyanate), and bis-active fluorine compounds (such as 1,5-difluoro-2,4-dinitrobenzene) to generate immunoconjugates. For example, a ricin immunotoxin can be prepared as described in Vitetta et al., Science 238:1098 (1987). Carbon-14-labeled 1-isothiocyanatobenzyl-3-methyldiethylenetriaminepentaacetic acid (MX-DTPA) is an exemplary chelating agent for conjugation of radionuclides to polypeptides.

本文中还构思了使用多肽和一种或多种小分子毒素如刺孢霉素、类美登素、单端孢霉烯和CC1065和这些毒素的具有毒素活性的衍生物的缀合物。Also contemplated herein are the use of conjugates of polypeptides and one or more small molecule toxins such as calicheamicins, maytansinoids, trichothecenes, and CC1065, and toxinically active derivatives of these toxins.

类美登素是通过抑制微管蛋白聚合发挥作用的有丝分裂抑制剂。美坦辛首次分离自东非灌木齿叶美登木(Maytenus serrata)。随后,发现某些微生物也产生类美登素,如美登醇和C-3美登醇酯。还构思了合成性美登醇及其衍生物和类似物。存在本领域已知用于产生多肽-类美登素缀合物的多种连接基,例如包括,在美国专利号5,208,020中公开的那些。连接基包括如以上确定的专利中公开的二硫基、硫醚基、酸不稳定基、光不稳定基、肽酶不稳定基或酯酶不稳定基,优选二硫基和硫醚基。Maytansine is a mitotic inhibitor that plays a role by inhibiting tubulin polymerization. Maytansine was first isolated from the East African shrub Maytenus serrata (Maytenus serrata). Subsequently, it was found that some microorganisms also produce maytansines, such as maytansinol and C-3 maytansinol esters. Synthetic maytansinol and its derivatives and analogs have also been conceived. There are a variety of linking groups known in the art for producing polypeptide-maytansine conjugates, for example, including those disclosed in U.S. Patent number 5,208,020. Linking group includes disulfide groups, thioether groups, acid-labile groups, light-labile groups, peptidase-labile groups or esterase-labile groups disclosed in the patents determined above, preferably disulfide groups and thioether groups.

取决于连接的类型,接头可以在多个位置与美坦生类(maytansinoid)分子连接。例如,酯连接可以通过使用常规偶联技术与羟基反应而形成。该反应可以在具有羟基的C-3位置、羟甲基修饰的C-14位置、羟基修饰的C-15位置和具有羟基的C-20位置处发生。在优选的实施方案中,该连接在美登醇或美登醇类似物的C-3位置处形成。Depending on the type of connection, the linker can be connected to the maytansinoid molecule at multiple positions. For example, an ester connection can be formed by reacting with a hydroxyl group using conventional coupling techniques. The reaction can occur at the C-3 position with a hydroxyl group, the C-14 position with a hydroxymethyl modification, the C-15 position with a hydroxyl group, and the C-20 position with a hydroxyl group. In a preferred embodiment, the connection is formed at the C-3 position of maytansinol or a maytansinol analog.

另一种目的缀合物包括与一种或多种刺孢霉素分子的多肽缀合物。抗生素的刺孢霉素家族能够以亚皮摩尔浓度引起双链DNA断裂。关于制备刺孢霉素家族的缀合物,参见,例如,美国专利号5,712,374。可以使用的刺孢霉素的结构类似物包括但不限于γ1 I、α2 I、α3 I、N-乙酰基-γ1 I、PSAG和θ1 I。另一个可以与抗体缀合的抗肿瘤药物是作为抗叶酸的QFA。刺孢霉素和QFA具有胞内作用位点并不轻易地跨过质膜。因此,细胞借助多肽(例如,抗体)介导的内化过程摄取这些药物大大提高其细胞毒效应。Another conjugate of interest includes a polypeptide conjugate with one or more calicheamicin molecules. The calicheamicin family of antibiotics can cause double-stranded DNA breaks at sub-picomolar concentrations. For the preparation of conjugates of the calicheamicin family, see, for example, U.S. Patent No. 5,712,374. Structural analogs of calicheamicin that can be used include, but are not limited to, γ 1 I , α 2 I , α 3 I , N-acetyl-γ 1 I , PSAG, and θ 1 I. Another anti-tumor drug that can be conjugated to an antibody is QFA, which is an antifolate. Catheamicin and QFA have intracellular sites of action and do not easily cross the plasma membrane. Therefore, cells take up these drugs through a polypeptide (e.g., antibody)-mediated internalization process, which greatly enhances their cytotoxic effect.

可以与本文所述的多肽缀合的其他抗肿瘤剂包括BCNU、链脲佐菌素、长春新碱和5-氟尿嘧啶、统称为LL-E33288复合物的药物家族以及埃斯波霉素。Other anti-tumor agents that can be conjugated to the polypeptides described herein include BCNU, streptozotocin, vincristine, and 5-fluorouracil, a family of drugs collectively known as the LL-E33288 complex, and esperamicins.

在一些实施方案中,多肽可以是多肽和具有溶核活性的化合物(例如,核糖核酸酶或DNA核酸内切酶如脱氧核糖核酸酶;DNA酶)之间的缀合物。In some embodiments, the polypeptide can be a conjugate between the polypeptide and a compound having nucleolytic activity (eg, a ribonuclease or a DNA endonuclease such as a deoxyribonuclease; DNase).

在又一个实施方案中,多肽(例如,抗体)可以与用于肿瘤前靶向(tumorpretargeting)的“受体”(如,链霉亲和素)缀合,其中将多肽-受体缀合物施用至患者,随后使用清除剂从循环中移除未结合的缀合物并且随后施用与细胞毒药物(例如放射性核苷酸)缀合的“配体”(例如抗生物素蛋白)。In yet another embodiment, a polypeptide (e.g., an antibody) can be conjugated to a "receptor" (e.g., streptavidin) for tumor pretargeting, wherein the polypeptide-receptor conjugate is administered to the patient, followed by removal of unbound conjugate from the circulation using a clearing agent and subsequent administration of a "ligand" (e.g., avidin) conjugated to a cytotoxic drug (e.g., a radionucleotide).

在一些实施方案中,多肽也可以与将前药(例如,肽酰基化疗药)转化成活性抗癌药物的前药活化酶缀合。免疫缀合物的酶组分包括能够以如此方式作用于前药,从而将它转化成更有活性的细胞毒形式的任何酶。In some embodiments, the polypeptides can also be conjugated to a prodrug-activating enzyme that converts a prodrug (e.g., a peptidyl chemotherapeutic drug) into an active anticancer drug. The enzyme component of the immunoconjugate includes any enzyme that can act on a prodrug in such a way as to convert it into its more active cytotoxic form.

可用的酶包括但不限于可用于将含有磷酸酯的前药转化成游离药物的碱性磷酸酶;可用于将含有硫酸酯的前药转化成游离药物的芳基硫酸酯酶;可用于将无毒5-氟胞嘧啶转化成抗癌药物5-氟尿嘧啶的胞嘧啶脱氨酶;可用于将含有肽的前药转化成游离药物的蛋白酶,如赛氏杆菌属蛋白酶、嗜热菌蛋白酶、枯草杆菌蛋白酶、羧肽酶和组织蛋白酶(如组织蛋白酶B和L);可用于转化含有D-氨基酸取代基的前药的D-丙氨酰羧肽酶;可用于将糖基化前药转化成游离药物的糖切割酶如β-半乳糖苷酶和神经氨酸酶;可用于将用β-内酰胺衍生的药物转化成游离药物的β-内酰胺酶;和可用于将分别用苯氧乙酰基或苯乙酰基在其胺氮处衍生的药物转化成游离药物的青霉素酰胺酶,如青霉素V酰胺酶或青霉素G酰胺酶。备选地,具有酶活性的抗体,在本领域中还称作“抗体酶”,可以用来将前药转化成有活性的游离药物。Useful enzymes include, but are not limited to, alkaline phosphatase, which can be used to convert phosphate-containing prodrugs into free drugs; arylsulfatases, which can be used to convert sulfate-containing prodrugs into free drugs; cytosine deaminases, which can be used to convert the non-toxic 5-fluorocytosine into the anticancer drug 5-fluorouracil; proteases, such as serratia proteases, thermolysin, subtilisin, carboxypeptidases, and cathepsins (such as cathepsins B and L), which can be used to convert peptide-containing prodrugs into free drugs; D-alanylcarboxypeptidases, which can be used to convert prodrugs containing D-amino acid substituents; carbohydrate-cleaving enzymes, such as β-galactosidase and neuraminidase, which can be used to convert glycosylated prodrugs into free drugs; β-lactamases, which can be used to convert drugs derivatized with β-lactams into free drugs; and penicillin amidases, such as penicillin V amidase or penicillin G amidase, which can be used to convert drugs derivatized with phenoxyacetyl or phenylacetyl groups, respectively, at their amine nitrogens into free drugs. Alternatively, antibodies with enzymatic activity, also known in the art as "abzymes," can be used to convert prodrugs into active free drugs.

(iv)其他(iv) Others

另一类型的多肽共价修饰包括将多肽连接至多种非蛋白质聚合物的之一,例如,聚乙二醇、聚丙二醇、聚氧化烯或聚乙二醇和聚丙二醇的共聚物。多肽可以包埋于例如分别通过凝聚技术或界面聚合法制备的微胶囊(例如,羟甲基纤维素微胶囊或明胶微胶囊和聚(甲基丙烯酸甲酯)微胶囊)、胶态药物递送系统(例如,脂质体、白蛋白微球体、微乳液、纳米颗粒和纳米胶囊)或乳浊液中。这类技术在Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences第18版,Gennaro,A.R.编著(1990)中公开。Another type of polypeptide covalent modification includes linking the polypeptide to one of a variety of non-protein polymers, for example, polyethylene glycol, polypropylene glycol, polyoxyalkylenes, or copolymers of polyethylene glycol and polypropylene glycol. The polypeptide can be embedded in, for example, microcapsules (e.g., hydroxymethylcellulose microcapsules or gelatin microcapsules and poly(methyl methacrylate) microcapsules) prepared by coacervation techniques or interfacial polymerization, colloidal drug delivery systems (e.g., liposomes, albumin microspheres, microemulsions, nanoparticles, and nanocapsules), or emulsions. Such techniques are disclosed in Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, 18th edition, Gennaro, A.R., ed. (1990).

IV.获得用于配制和方法中的多肽IV. Obtaining Polypeptides for Use in Formulations and Methods

可以使用本领域熟知的方法,包括重组方法,获得在本文所述的分析方法中使用的多肽。以下章节提供关于这些方法的指南。The polypeptides used in the analytical methods described herein can be obtained using methods well known in the art, including recombinant methods. The following sections provide guidance on these methods.

(A)多核苷酸(A) Polynucleotide

如本文中可互换使用的“多核苷酸”或“核酸”指任何长度的核苷酸聚合物,并且包括DNA和RNA。"Polynucleotide" or "nucleic acid," as used interchangeably herein, refer to polymers of nucleotides of any length and include DNA and RNA.

编码多肽的多核苷酸可以从任何来源获得,所述来源包括但不限于从组织制备的cDNA文库,其中认为所述组织拥有多肽的mRNA并且以可检测水平表达它。因此,编码多肽的多核苷酸可以便利地从制备自人组织的cDNA文库获得。编码多肽的基因也可以从基因组文库获得或通过已知的合成方法(例如,自动化核酸合成法)获得。Polynucleotides encoding polypeptides can be obtained from any source, including but not limited to cDNA libraries prepared from tissues that are believed to possess mRNA for the polypeptide and express it at detectable levels. Thus, polynucleotides encoding polypeptides can be readily obtained from cDNA libraries prepared from human tissues. Genes encoding polypeptides can also be obtained from genomic libraries or by known synthetic methods (e.g., automated nucleic acid synthesis).

例如,多核苷酸可以编码完整免疫球蛋白分子链,如轻链或重链。完整重链不仅包括重链可变区(VH),还包括重链恒定区(CH),所述重链恒定区一般将包含三个恒定结构域:CH1、CH2和CH3;和“铰链”区。在一些情况下,需要恒定区的存在。For example, the polynucleotide can encode a complete immunoglobulin molecule chain, such as a light chain or a heavy chain. A complete heavy chain includes not only a heavy chain variable region ( VH ), but also a heavy chain constant region ( CH ), which generally contains three constant domains: CH1 , CH2 , and CH3 ; and a "hinge" region. In some cases, the presence of a constant region is desired.

可以由多核苷酸编码的其他多肽包括结合抗原的抗体片段,如单结构域抗体(“dAb”)、Fv、scFv、Fab'和F(ab')2和“微型抗体”。微型抗体(一般)是已经从中切除CH1和Ck或CL结构域的双价抗体片段。由于微型抗体小于常规抗体,它们应当在临床/诊断应用中实现更好的组织渗透,但是由于具有双价,它们应当保留比单价抗体片段如dAb更高的结合亲和力。因此,除非上下文另外指明,如本文所用的术语“抗体”涵盖不仅完整抗体分子,还涵盖上文讨论类型的结合抗原的抗体片段。优选地,相对相应的人类接纳体构架,在所编码的多肽存在的每个构架区将包含至少一个氨基酸置换。因此,例如,相对接纳体构架区,该构架区可以总计包含3、4、5、6、7、8、9、10、11、12、13、14或15个氨基酸置换。Other polypeptides that can be encoded by a polynucleotide include antigen-binding antibody fragments such as single domain antibodies ("dAbs"), Fvs, scFvs, Fab' and F(ab') 2 , and "minibodies". Minibodies are (generally) bivalent antibody fragments from which the CH1 and C kappa or CL domains have been excised. Because minibodies are smaller than conventional antibodies, they should achieve better tissue penetration in clinical/diagnostic applications, but because of their bivalency, they should retain higher binding affinity than monovalent antibody fragments such as dAbs. Thus, unless the context indicates otherwise, the term "antibody" as used herein encompasses not only intact antibody molecules, but also antigen-binding antibody fragments of the types discussed above. Preferably, each framework region present in the encoded polypeptide will contain at least one amino acid substitution relative to the corresponding human acceptor framework. Thus, for example, the framework region may contain a total of 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, or 15 amino acid substitutions relative to the acceptor framework region.

VI.示例性实施方案VI. Exemplary Embodiments

1.一种用于确定最佳离子交换层析分离条件以分析多种组合物的方法,其中每种组合物包含多肽连同一种或多种污染物,所述方法包括a)基于两种或更多种组合物的多肽的氨基酸组成,在选择的温度绘制净电荷对pH曲线,并且b)通过确定步骤a)的曲线的二阶导数,确定净电荷对pH曲线在中性pH处或其附近的拐点;其中最佳离子交换层析分离条件是在一种或多种组合物的多肽的大约共同拐点处的pH。1. A method for determining optimal ion exchange chromatography separation conditions for analyzing a plurality of compositions, wherein each composition comprises polypeptides together with one or more contaminants, the method comprising a) plotting net charge versus pH curves at a selected temperature based on the amino acid composition of the polypeptides of the two or more compositions, and b) determining the inflection point of the net charge versus pH curves at or near neutral pH by determining the second derivative of the curves of step a); wherein the optimal ion exchange chromatography separation conditions are at a pH at approximately a common inflection point for the polypeptides of the one or more compositions.

2.实施方案1的方法,其中如果净电荷在拐点处为正,则阳离子交换材料用于离子交换层析。2. The method of embodiment 1, wherein if the net charge at the inflection point is positive, a cation exchange material is used for ion exchange chromatography.

3.实施方案2的方法,其中阳离子交换层析材料是磺化层析材料或羧化层析材料。3. The method of embodiment 2, wherein the cation exchange chromatography material is a sulfonated chromatography material or a carboxylated chromatography material.

4.实施方案1的方法,其中如果净电荷在拐点处为负,则阴离子交换材料用于层析。4. The method of embodiment 1, wherein if the net charge at the inflection point is negative, an anion exchange material is used for chromatography.

5.实施方案4的方法,其中阴离子交换层析材料是季胺层析材料或叔胺层析材料。5. The method of embodiment 4, wherein the anion exchange chromatography material is a quaternary amine chromatography material or a tertiary amine chromatography material.

6.实施方案1的方法,其中混合模式层析材料用于层析。6. The method of embodiment 1, wherein a mixed-mode chromatography material is used for chromatography.

7.实施方案6的方法,其中混合模式离子交换材料是依次装填的磺化层析材料或羧化层析材料和季胺层析材料或叔胺层析材料的混合物。7. The method of embodiment 6, wherein the mixed-mode ion exchange material is a mixture of a sulfonated chromatography material or a carboxylated chromatography material and a quaternary amine chromatography material or a tertiary amine chromatography material packed in sequence.

8.实施方案1-7中任一个实施方案的方法,还包括c)对于两种或更多种组合物的多肽,确定净电荷对pH曲线的拐点pH随温度变化的变化(dIP/dT),d)选择用于层析的缓冲剂,其中缓冲剂的酸解离常数随温度变化的变化(dpKa/dT)基本上与多肽的dIP/dT相同。8. The method of any one of embodiments 1-7, further comprising c) determining the change in pH of the inflection point of the net charge versus pH curve as a function of temperature (dlP/dT) for the polypeptides of two or more compositions, and d) selecting a buffer for chromatography, wherein the change in the acid dissociation constant of the buffer as a function of temperature (dpKa/dT) is substantially the same as the dlP/dT of the polypeptides.

9.实施方案8的方法,其中缓冲剂在拐点pH提供有效缓冲容量。9. The method of embodiment 8, wherein the buffer provides an effective buffering capacity at the inflection point pH.

10.实施方案1-9中任一个实施方案的方法,其中一种或多种组合物的多肽的dIP/dT是约-0.02pH单位。10. The method of any one of embodiments 1 to 9, wherein the dIP/dT of one or more polypeptides of the composition is about -0.02 pH units.

11.实施方案1-10中任一个实施方案的方法,其中温度变化是从约20℃至约70℃。11. The method of any one of embodiments 1 to 10, wherein the temperature change is from about 20°C to about 70°C.

12.实施方案1-11中任一个实施方案的方法,其中温度变化是从约20℃至约50℃。12. The method of any one of embodiments 1 to 11, wherein the temperature change is from about 20°C to about 50°C.

13.实施方案8-12中任一个实施方案的方法,其中dpKa/dT=dIP/dT±50%。13. The method according to any one of embodiments 8 to 12, wherein dpKa/dT = dIP/dT ± 50%.

14.实施方案8-13中任一个实施方案的方法,其中多肽在步骤d)中选出的缓冲液内的净电荷在30℃以上变动小于0.5。14. The method according to any one of embodiments 8 to 13, wherein the net charge of the polypeptide in the buffer selected in step d) varies by less than 0.5 above 30°C.

15.实施方案8-14中任一个实施方案的方法,其中步骤d)中选出的缓冲剂以范围从约5mM至约250mM的浓度用于层析中。15. The method according to any one of embodiments 8 to 14, wherein the buffer selected in step d) is used in the chromatography at a concentration ranging from about 5 mM to about 250 mM.

16.实施方案1-15中任一个实施方案的方法,其中缓冲剂组成还包含盐。16. The method according to any one of embodiments 1 to 15, wherein the buffer composition further comprises a salt.

17.实施方案16的方法,其中盐是NaCl、KCl、(NH4)2SO4或Na2SO417. The method of embodiment 16, wherein the salt is NaCl, KCl, (NH 4 ) 2 SO 4 or Na 2 SO 4 .

18.实施方案16或17的方法,其中盐的浓度是从约1mM至约1M。18. The method of embodiment 16 or 17, wherein the concentration of the salt is from about 1 mM to about 1 M.

19.实施方案1-18中任一个实施方案的方法,其中多肽是抗体或免疫黏附素或其片段。19. The method according to any one of embodiments 1 to 18, wherein the polypeptide is an antibody or immunoadhesin or a fragment thereof.

20.实施方案1-19中任一个实施方案的方法,其中多肽是单克隆抗体或其片段。20. The method according to any one of embodiments 1 to 19, wherein the polypeptide is a monoclonal antibody or a fragment thereof.

21.实施方案19或20的方法,其中抗体是人抗体。21. The method of embodiment 19 or 20, wherein the antibody is a human antibody.

22.实施方案19或20的方法,其中抗体是人源化抗体。22. The method of embodiment 19 or 20, wherein the antibody is a humanized antibody.

23.实施方案19或20的方法,其中抗体是嵌合抗体。23. The method of embodiment 19 or 20, wherein the antibody is a chimeric antibody.

24.实施方案19-23中任一个实施方案的方法,其中抗体是抗体片段。24. The method according to any one of embodiments 19 to 23, wherein the antibody is an antibody fragment.

25.实施方案1-14中任一个实施方案的方法,其中污染物是多肽的变体。25. The method according to any one of embodiments 1 to 14, wherein the contaminant is a variant of the polypeptide.

26.实施方案1-25中任一个实施方案的方法,其中污染物是多肽的降解产物。26. The method according to any one of embodiments 1 to 25, wherein the contaminant is a degradation product of the polypeptide.

27.实施方案1-26中任一个实施方案的方法,其中污染物是多肽的电荷变体。27. The method according to any one of embodiments 1 to 26, wherein the contaminant is a charge variant of the polypeptide.

28.一种用于确定最佳离子交换层析分离条件以分析包含多肽连同一种或多种污染物的组合物的方法,所述方法包括a)基于多肽的氨基酸组成,在选择的温度绘制净电荷对pH曲线,并且b)通过确定步骤a)的曲线的二阶导数,确定净电荷对pH曲线在中性pH处或其附近的拐点;其中最佳离子交换层析分离条件是在多肽的大约拐点处的pH。28. A method for determining optimal ion exchange chromatography separation conditions for analyzing a composition comprising a polypeptide together with one or more contaminants, the method comprising a) plotting a net charge versus pH curve at a selected temperature based on the amino acid composition of the polypeptide, and b) determining the inflection point of the net charge versus pH curve at or near neutral pH by determining the second derivative of the curve of step a); wherein the optimal ion exchange chromatography separation conditions are the pH at about the inflection point of the polypeptide.

29.实施方案28的方法,其中如果净电荷在拐点处为正,则阳离子交换材料用于离子交换层析。29. The method of embodiment 28, wherein if the net charge at the inflection point is positive, a cation exchange material is used for ion exchange chromatography.

30.实施方案29的方法,其中阳离子交换层析材料是磺化层析材料或羧化层析材料。30. The method according to embodiment 29, wherein the cation exchange chromatography material is a sulfonated chromatography material or a carboxylated chromatography material.

31.实施方案28的方法,其中如果净电荷在拐点处为负,则阴离子交换材料用于层析。31. The method of embodiment 28, wherein if the net charge at the inflection point is negative, an anion exchange material is used for chromatography.

32.实施方案31的方法,其中阴离子交换层析材料是季胺层析材料或叔胺层析材料。32. The method according to embodiment 31, wherein the anion exchange chromatography material is a quaternary amine chromatography material or a tertiary amine chromatography material.

33.实施方案28的方法,其中混合模式层析材料用于层析。33. The method according to embodiment 28, wherein a mixed-mode chromatography material is used for chromatography.

34.实施方案33的方法,其中混合模式离子交换材料是依次装填的磺化层析材料或羧化层析材料和季胺层析材料或叔胺层析材料的混合物。34. The method of embodiment 33, wherein the mixed-mode ion exchange material is a mixture of a sulfonated chromatography material or a carboxylated chromatography material and a quaternary amine chromatography material or a tertiary amine chromatography material packed in sequence.

35.实施方案28-34中任一个实施方案的方法,还包括c)对于多肽,确定净电荷对pH曲线的拐点pH随温度变化的变化(dIP/dT),d)选择用于层析的缓冲剂,其中缓冲剂的酸解离常数随温度变化的变化(dpKa/dT)基本上与多肽的dIP/dT相同。35. The method of any one of embodiments 28-34, further comprising c) determining, for the polypeptide, the change in pH of the inflection point of the net charge versus pH curve as a function of temperature (dlP/dT), and d) selecting a buffer for chromatography, wherein the change in the acid dissociation constant of the buffer as a function of temperature (dpKa/dT) is substantially the same as the dlP/dT of the polypeptide.

36.实施方案35的方法,其中缓冲剂在拐点pH提供有效缓冲容量。36. The method of embodiment 35, wherein the buffer provides an effective buffering capacity at the inflection point pH.

37.实施方案28-36中任一个实施方案的方法,其中一种或多种组合物的多肽的dIP/dT是约-0.02pH单位。37. The method of any one of embodiments 28-36, wherein the dIP/dT of one or more polypeptides of the composition is about -0.02 pH units.

38.实施方案28-37中任一个实施方案的方法,其中温度变化是从约20℃至约70℃。38. The method according to any one of embodiments 28 to 37, wherein the temperature change is from about 20°C to about 70°C.

39.实施方案28-38中任一个实施方案的方法,其中温度变化是从约20℃至约50℃。39. The method of any one of embodiments 28 to 38, wherein the temperature change is from about 20°C to about 50°C.

40.根据权利要求28-39中任一项所述的方法,其中dIP/dT=dpKa/dT±50%。40. The method of any one of claims 28-39, wherein dIP/dT = dpKa/dT ± 50%.

41.实施方案28-40中任一个实施方案的方法,其中多肽在步骤d)中选出的缓冲液内的净电荷在30℃以上变动小于0.5。41. The method according to any one of embodiments 28 to 40, wherein the net charge of the polypeptide in the buffer selected in step d) varies by less than 0.5 above 30°C.

42.实施方案28-41中任一个实施方案的方法,其中步骤d)中选出的缓冲剂以范围从约5mM至约50mM的浓度用于层析中。42. The method according to any one of embodiments 28 to 41, wherein the buffer selected in step d) is used in the chromatography at a concentration ranging from about 5 mM to about 50 mM.

43.实施方案28-42中任一个实施方案的方法,其中缓冲剂组成还包含盐。43. The method according to any one of embodiments 28 to 42, wherein the buffer composition further comprises a salt.

44.实施方案43的方法,其中盐是NaCl、KCl、(NH4)2SO4或Na2SO444. The method of embodiment 43, wherein the salt is NaCl, KCl, (NH 4 ) 2 SO 4 or Na 2 SO 4 .

45.实施方案43或44的方法,其中盐的浓度是从约10mM至约1M。45. The method of embodiment 43 or 44, wherein the concentration of the salt is from about 10 mM to about 1 M.

46.实施方案28-45中任一个实施方案的方法,其中多肽是抗体或免疫黏附素或其片段。46. The method according to any one of embodiments 28 to 45, wherein the polypeptide is an antibody or immunoadhesin or a fragment thereof.

47.实施方案28-46中任一个实施方案的方法,其中多肽是单克隆抗体或其片段。47. The method according to any one of embodiments 28 to 46, wherein the polypeptide is a monoclonal antibody or a fragment thereof.

48.实施方案46或47的方法,其中抗体是人抗体。48. The method of embodiment 46 or 47, wherein the antibody is a human antibody.

49.实施方案46或47的方法,其中抗体是人源化抗体。49. The method of embodiment 46 or 47, wherein the antibody is a humanized antibody.

50.实施方案46或47的方法,其中抗体是嵌合抗体。50. The method of embodiment 46 or 47, wherein the antibody is a chimeric antibody.

51.实施方案38-50中任一个实施方案的方法,其中抗体是抗体片段。51. The method according to any one of embodiments 38-50, wherein the antibody is an antibody fragment.

52.实施方案28-51中任一个实施方案的方法,其中污染物是多肽的变体。52. The method according to any one of embodiments 28 to 51, wherein the contaminant is a variant of the polypeptide.

53.实施方案28-52中任一个实施方案的方法,其中污染物是多肽的降解产物。53. The method according to any one of embodiments 28 to 52, wherein the contaminant is a degradation product of the polypeptide.

54.实施方案28-53中任一个实施方案的方法,其中污染物是多肽的电荷变体。54. The method according to any one of embodiments 28 to 53, wherein the contaminant is a charge variant of the polypeptide.

55.一种用于分析组合物的方法,其中组合物包含多肽和一种或多种污染物,其中所述方法有效地将多肽与污染物分离,所述方法包括a)根据实施方案1的方法确定用于多种组合物的最佳pH和温度的离子交换分离条件,每种组合物包含靶多肽和一种或多种污染物,b)使用上样缓冲液,使来自组合物的多肽和一种或多种污染物与离子交换层析材料结合,其中上样缓冲液包含通过实施方案8-15中任一个实施方案的方法确定的缓冲剂;c)使用洗脱缓冲液的梯度,从离子交换层析材料洗脱多肽和一种或多种污染物,其中洗脱缓冲液包含缓冲剂和盐,其中盐的浓度随时间推移在梯度中增加,其中多肽和一种或多种污染物由梯度分离;并且d)检测多肽和一种或多种污染物。55. A method for analyzing a composition, wherein the composition comprises a polypeptide and one or more contaminants, wherein the method effectively separates the polypeptide from the contaminants, the method comprising a) determining optimal pH and temperature ion exchange separation conditions for a plurality of compositions according to the method of embodiment 1, each composition comprising a target polypeptide and one or more contaminants, b) binding the polypeptide and one or more contaminants from the composition to an ion exchange chromatography material using a loading buffer, wherein the loading buffer comprises a buffer determined by the method of any one of embodiments 8-15; c) eluting the polypeptide and one or more contaminants from the ion exchange chromatography material using a gradient of an elution buffer, wherein the elution buffer comprises a buffer and a salt, wherein the concentration of the salt increases in the gradient over time, wherein the polypeptide and the one or more contaminants are separated by the gradient; and d) detecting the polypeptide and the one or more contaminants.

56.一种用于分析包含多肽和一种或多种污染物的组合物的方法,其中所述方法有效地将多肽与污染物分离,所述方法包括a)使用上样缓冲液,使多肽和一种或多种污染物与离子交换层析材料结合,其中上样缓冲液包含缓冲剂,并且其中层析的pH和温度已经通过以下方式针对多种靶多肽优化:i)在选择的温度绘制净电荷对pH曲线,其中曲线基于两种或更多种靶多肽的多肽的氨基酸组成,并且ii)通过确定步骤i)的曲线的二阶导数,确定净电荷对pH曲线的拐点;其中最佳离子交换层析条件是在两种或更多种靶多肽的共同拐点处的pH;b)使用洗脱缓冲液的梯度,从离子交换层析材料洗脱多肽和一种或多种污染物,其中洗脱缓冲液包含缓冲剂和盐,其中多肽和一种或多种污染物由梯度分离;并且c)检测多肽和一种或多种污染物。56. A method for analyzing a composition comprising a polypeptide and one or more contaminants, wherein the method effectively separates the polypeptide from the contaminants, the method comprising a) binding the polypeptide and one or more contaminants to an ion exchange chromatography material using a loading buffer, wherein the loading buffer comprises a buffering agent, and wherein the pH and temperature of the chromatography have been optimized for a plurality of target polypeptides by: i) plotting a net charge versus pH curve at a selected temperature, wherein the curve is based on the amino acid composition of the polypeptides of two or more target polypeptides, and ii) determining the inflection point of the net charge versus pH curve by determining the second derivative of the curve of step i); wherein the optimal ion exchange chromatography conditions are the pH at the common inflection point for the two or more target polypeptides; b) eluting the polypeptide and one or more contaminants from the ion exchange chromatography material using a gradient of an elution buffer, wherein the elution buffer comprises a buffering agent and a salt, wherein the polypeptide and the one or more contaminants are separated by the gradient; and c) detecting the polypeptide and the one or more contaminants.

57.实施方案56的方法,其中选择的温度是环境温度。57. The method of embodiment 56, wherein the selected temperature is ambient temperature.

58.实施方案56或57的方法,通过以下方式确定缓冲剂:a)对于两种或更多种靶多肽,确定净电荷对pH曲线的拐点pH随温度变化的变化(dIP/dT),b)选择缓冲剂,所述缓冲剂的酸解离常数随温度变化的变化(dpKa/dT)基本上与具有共同拐点的一种或多种靶多肽的dIP/dT相同。58. The method of embodiment 56 or 57, wherein the buffer is determined by: a) determining the change in pH as a function of temperature (dIP/dT) of the inflection point of a net charge versus pH curve for two or more target polypeptides, and b) selecting a buffer having a change in acid dissociation constant as a function of temperature (dpKa/dT) that is substantially the same as the dIP/dT of one or more target polypeptides having a common inflection point.

59.实施方案58的方法,其中缓冲剂在拐点pH提供有效缓冲容量。59. The method of embodiment 58, wherein the buffer provides an effective buffering capacity at the inflection point pH.

60.一种用于分析包含多肽和一种或多种污染物的组合物的方法,其中所述方法有效地将多肽与污染物分离,所述方法包括a)使用上样缓冲液,使多肽和一种或多种污染物与离子交换层析材料结合,其中上样缓冲液包含缓冲剂,并且其中层析的pH和温度已经针对多种靶多肽优化:b)使用洗脱缓冲液的梯度,从离子交换层析材料洗脱多肽和一种或多种污染物,其中洗脱缓冲液包含缓冲剂和盐,其中多肽和一种或多种污染物由梯度分离;并且c)检测多肽和一种或多种污染物。60. A method for analyzing a composition comprising a polypeptide and one or more contaminants, wherein the method effectively separates the polypeptide from the contaminants, the method comprising a) binding the polypeptide and one or more contaminants to an ion exchange chromatography material using a loading buffer, wherein the loading buffer comprises a buffering agent, and wherein the pH and temperature of the chromatography have been optimized for a plurality of target polypeptides; b) eluting the polypeptide and one or more contaminants from the ion exchange chromatography material using a gradient of an elution buffer, wherein the elution buffer comprises a buffering agent and a salt, wherein the polypeptide and one or more contaminants are separated by the gradient; and c) detecting the polypeptide and one or more contaminants.

61.实施方案60的方法,其中缓冲剂是N-(2-乙酰氨基)-2-氨基乙磺酸(ACES)或(4-(2-羟乙基)-1-哌嗪乙磺酸(HEPES)。61. The method of embodiment 60, wherein the buffer is N-(2-acetylamino)-2-aminoethanesulfonic acid (ACES) or (4-(2-hydroxyethyl)-1-piperazineethanesulfonic acid (HEPES).

62.实施方案55-61中任一个实施方案的方法,其中缓冲剂的浓度是从约5mM至约20mM。62. The method of any one of embodiments 55-61, wherein the concentration of the buffer is from about 5 mM to about 20 mM.

63.实施方案55-62中任一个实施方案的方法,其中缓冲剂的pH在约20℃至约70℃的温度范围是从约6.5至约8.5。63. The method of any one of embodiments 55-62, wherein the pH of the buffer is from about 6.5 to about 8.5 at a temperature range of about 20°C to about 70°C.

64.实施方案55-63中任一个实施方案的方法,其中缓冲剂的pH在约20℃至约50℃的温度范围是从约6.5至约8.5。64. The method of any one of embodiments 55-63, wherein the pH of the buffer is from about 6.5 to about 8.5 at a temperature range of about 20°C to about 50°C.

65.实施方案55-64中任一个实施方案的方法,其中在拐点处缓冲剂和多肽的pH在约22℃是约7.8、在约37℃是约7.5或在约50℃是约7.2。65. The method of any one of embodiments 55-64, wherein the pH of the buffer and polypeptide at the inflection point is about 7.8 at about 22°C, about 7.5 at about 37°C, or about 7.2 at about 50°C.

66.实施方案55-65中任一个实施方案的方法,其中盐梯度是线性梯度。66. The method according to any one of embodiments 55 to 65, wherein the salt gradient is a linear gradient.

67.实施方案55-66中任一个实施方案的方法,其中盐梯度是阶式梯度。67. The method according to any one of embodiments 55 to 66, wherein the salt gradient is a step gradient.

68.实施方案55-67中任一个实施方案的方法,其中盐梯度是NaCl梯度、KCl梯度、(NH4)2SO4梯度或Na2SO4梯度。68. The method according to any one of embodiments 55 to 67, wherein the salt gradient is a NaCl gradient, a KCl gradient, a (NH 4 ) 2 SO 4 gradient or a Na 2 SO 4 gradient.

69.实施方案55-68中任一个实施方案的方法,其中梯度中的盐浓度从约0mM增加至约1M。69. The method according to any one of embodiments 55 to 68, wherein the salt concentration in the gradient increases from about 0 mM to about 1 M.

70.实施方案69的方法,其中盐浓度在约100分钟内从约0mM增加至约100mM。70. The method of embodiment 69, wherein the salt concentration is increased from about 0 mM to about 100 mM in about 100 minutes.

71.实施方案69的方法,其中盐浓度在约40分钟内从约0mM增加至约80mM。71. The method of embodiment 69, wherein the salt concentration is increased from about 0 mM to about 80 mM in about 40 minutes.

72.实施方案55-71中任一个实施方案的方法,其中多肽是抗体或免疫黏附素或其片段。72. The method according to any one of embodiments 55 to 71, wherein the polypeptide is an antibody or immunoadhesin or a fragment thereof.

73.实施方案55-72中任一个实施方案的方法,其中多肽是单克隆抗体或其片段。73. The method according to any one of embodiments 55 to 72, wherein the polypeptide is a monoclonal antibody or a fragment thereof.

74.实施方案72或73的方法,其中抗体是人抗体。74. The method of embodiment 72 or 73, wherein the antibody is a human antibody.

75.实施方案72或73的方法,其中抗体是人源化抗体。75. The method of embodiment 72 or 73, wherein the antibody is a humanized antibody.

76.实施方案72或73的方法,其中抗体是嵌合抗体。76. The method of embodiment 72 or 73, wherein the antibody is a chimeric antibody.

77.实施方案72-76中任一个实施方案的方法,其中抗体是抗体片段。77. The method of any one of embodiments 72-76, wherein the antibody is an antibody fragment.

78.实施方案55-77中任一个实施方案的方法,其中污染物是多肽的变体。78. The method according to any one of embodiments 55 to 77, wherein the contaminant is a variant of the polypeptide.

79.实施方案55-78中任一个实施方案的方法,其中污染物是多肽的降解产物。79. The method according to any one of embodiments 55 to 78, wherein the contaminant is a degradation product of the polypeptide.

80.实施方案55-79中任一个实施方案的方法,其中污染物是多肽的电荷变体。80. The method of any one of embodiments 55-79, wherein the contaminant is a charge variant of the polypeptide.

81.实施方案55-80中任一个实施方案的方法,其中层析材料是阳离子交换层析材料。81. The method according to any one of embodiments 55 to 80, wherein the chromatography material is a cation exchange chromatography material.

82.实施方案81的方法,其中阳离子交换层析材料是磺化层析材料或羧化层析材料。82. The method according to embodiment 81, wherein the cation exchange chromatography material is a sulfonated chromatography material or a carboxylated chromatography material.

83.一种用于分析多种多肽组合物的方法,其中每种多肽组合物包含多肽和所述多肽的一种或多种电荷变体,其中所述方法有效地将多肽与其电荷变体分离;83. A method for analyzing a plurality of polypeptide compositions, wherein each polypeptide composition comprises a polypeptide and one or more charge variants of the polypeptide, wherein the method effectively separates the polypeptide from its charge variants;

对于每种多肽组合物,所述方法包括,a)使用流速约1mL/分钟的上样缓冲液,使多肽和一种或多种电荷变体与离子交换层析材料结合,其中上样缓冲液包含在约pH 7.6在约40℃的10mM HEPES缓冲液;b)使用洗脱缓冲液的梯度,从离子交换层析材料洗脱多肽和电荷变体污染物,其中洗脱缓冲液包含在约pH 7.6的10mM HEPES缓冲剂和NaCl,其中NaCl在梯度中的浓度在约40分钟内从约0mM增加至约80mM,其中多肽及其电荷变体由梯度分离;并且c)检测多肽和一种或多种电荷变体。For each polypeptide composition, the method comprises a) binding the polypeptide and one or more charge variants to an ion exchange chromatography material using a loading buffer at a flow rate of about 1 mL/minute, wherein the loading buffer comprises 10 mM HEPES buffer at about pH 7.6 at about 40° C.; b) eluting the polypeptide and charge variant contaminants from the ion exchange chromatography material using a gradient of elution buffer, wherein the elution buffer comprises 10 mM HEPES buffer at about pH 7.6 and NaCl, wherein the concentration of NaCl in the gradient increases from about 0 mM to about 80 mM over about 40 minutes, wherein the polypeptide and its charge variants are separated by the gradient; and c) detecting the polypeptide and the one or more charge variants.

84.实施方案83的方法,其中多种多肽组合物包含不同多肽。84. The method of embodiment 83, wherein the plurality of polypeptide compositions comprises different polypeptides.

85.实施方案83或84的方法,其中多种多肽组合物包含具有不同pI的多肽。85. The method of embodiment 83 or 84, wherein the plurality of polypeptide compositions comprises polypeptides having different pis.

86.实施方案83-85中任一个实施方案的方法,其中多肽组合物是抗体组合物。86. The method of any one of embodiments 83-85, wherein the polypeptide composition is an antibody composition.

本说明书中公开的全部特征可以按任何组合方式组合。本说明书中公开的每个特征可以由起到相同、等同或相似目的的替代性特征替换。因此,除非另外明确陈述,公开的每个特征仅是类属系列的等同或相似特征的一个例子。All features disclosed in this specification may be combined in any combination. Each feature disclosed in this specification may be replaced by an alternative feature that serves the same, equivalent, or similar purpose. Therefore, unless expressly stated otherwise, each feature disclosed is merely an example of a generic series of equivalent or similar features.

本发明的其他细节由以下非限制性实施例进一步说明。本说明书中全部参考文献的公开内容通过引用方式明确并入本文。Other details of the present invention are further illustrated by the following non-limiting examples.The disclosures of all references in this specification are expressly incorporated herein by reference.

实施例Example

以下实施例意在纯粹作为本发明示例并因此不应当视为以任何方式限制本发明。后续实施例和详细描述以说明的方式而不以限制的方式提供。The following examples are intended to be purely exemplary of the present invention and therefore should not be construed as limiting the invention in any way.The examples and detailed description that follow are offered by way of illustration and not by way of limitation.

用于实施例的材料与方法Materials and Methods Used in the Examples

除非另外指出,以下材料和方法用于实施例。Unless otherwise indicated, the following materials and methods were used in the examples.

材料Material

全部mAb均使用稳定的中国仓鼠卵巢(CHO)细胞系或大肠杆菌(Escherichiacoli)细胞制造。All mAbs were produced using stable Chinese hamster ovary (CHO) cell lines or Escherichia coli cells.

MabPac SCS-10柱和Propac WCX-10柱购自Thermo Fisher。AntiBodix柱来自Sepax。YMC柱购自YMC。Trisma(Tris)从Mallinckrodt Baker Inc.或Sigma(St.Louis,MO)获得,并且HEPES、ACES、Trizma碱及CAPS从Sigma获得。氯化钠、氢氧化钠(10N)和氢氯酸(12N)从Mallinckrodt Baker Inc.获得。磷酸(85%)从EMD Millipore获得。MabPac SCS-10 and Propac WCX-10 columns were purchased from Thermo Fisher Scientific. AntiBodix columns were from Sepax. YMC columns were purchased from YMC. Trisma (Tris) was obtained from Mallinckrodt Baker Inc. or Sigma (St. Louis, MO), and HEPES, ACES, Trizma base, and CAPS were obtained from Sigma. Sodium chloride, sodium hydroxide (10 N), and hydrochloric acid (12 N) were obtained from Mallinckrodt Baker Inc. Phosphoric acid (85%) was obtained from EMD Millipore.

HPLC设置HPLC setup

阳离子交换层析实验主要在Waters 2796BioAlliance液相层析仪器、Agilient1200SL HPLC系统或UltiMate 3000Quaternary Rapid Separation LC(ThermoScientific Dionex)上进行。仪器包括低压四元梯度泵或二元泵、具有温度控制能力的自动进样器、用于精确温度控制的热柱温箱和双波长二极管阵列UV检测器。用DionexChromeleon软件6.8版执行仪器控制、数据采集和数据分析。Cation exchange chromatography experiments were primarily performed on a Waters 2796 BioAlliance liquid chromatography instrument, an Agilient 1200SL HPLC system, or an UltiMate 3000 Quaternary Rapid Separation LC (ThermoScientific Dionex). The instrumentation included a low-pressure quaternary gradient pump or binary pump, an autosampler with temperature control, a heated column oven for precise temperature control, and a dual-wavelength diode array UV detector. Instrument control, data acquisition, and analysis were performed using Dionex Chromeleon software version 6.8.

实施例1.多产品分析性离子交换层析的优化Example 1. Optimization of multi-product analytical ion exchange chromatography

为了开发高分辨和稳健多产品IEC以检测污染物(如电荷变体),如此设计条件,从而使得mAb处于电荷平衡。通过净电荷状态(z)对pH作图,确定多种mAb产品的电荷平衡。通过设定z与pH的直线等式的二阶导数等于0,解析其中mAb处于电荷平衡的条件。To develop high-resolution and robust multi-product IECs for detecting contaminants such as charge variants, conditions were designed such that the mAbs were in charge equilibrium. The charge balance of multiple mAb products was determined by plotting net charge state (z) versus pH. Conditions under which the mAbs were in charge equilibrium were resolved by setting the second derivative of the linear equation of z versus pH to 0.

基于mAb中六种氨基酸的含量,确定mAb在给定pH的净电荷,其中所述六种氨基酸在通过它们的侧链限定蛋白质的pH依赖性特征方面发挥重要作用。这六个氨基酸是天冬酰胺、谷氨酸、组氨酸、酪氨酸、赖氨酸和精氨酸。这六种氨基酸的酸解离常数(pKa,定义为-log10Ka)用来计算净电荷状态(z)。例如,MAb1具有10个组氨酸残基。图2显示随pH变化而变化的组氨酸质子化。在低于组氨酸pKa 6.02的pH值,组氨酸质子化并携带正电荷(图2A)。在高于6.02的pH值,组氨酸去质子化并且不携带电荷。使用等式1,确定特定pH时组氨酸特定电荷状态的概率。图2B显示在pH 6.5和在pH 7.5时mAb1中去质子化组氨酸的可能分布。在pH 6.5,mAb1具有中位数8的去质子化组氨酸残基,而在pH 7.5,几乎全部组氨酸残基去质子化。图2C显示各自具有两个组氨酸残基的4种多肽分子的例子。在pKa(pH 6.02),50%的His残基质子化,并且50%去质子化。这4种分子上组氨酸残基的电荷状态组合在pKa处呈二项式分布:一种分子的两个组氨酸均质子化;两种分子的一个组氨酸质子化并且另一个组氨酸去质子化;并且一种分子的两个组氨酸均去质子化。Based on the content of six kinds of amino acids in mAb, the net charge of mAb at a given pH is determined, wherein the six kinds of amino acids play an important role in limiting the pH-dependent characteristics of proteins by their side chains. These six amino acids are asparagine, glutamic acid, histidine, tyrosine, lysine and arginine. The acid dissociation constant (pKa, defined as -log 10 Ka) of these six kinds of amino acids is used to calculate the net charge state (z). For example, MAb1 has 10 histidine residues. Figure 2 shows the histidine protonation that changes with pH. At a pH value lower than histidine pKa 6.02, histidine is protonated and carries a positive charge (Fig. 2A). At a pH value higher than 6.02, histidine is deprotonated and does not carry a charge. Using equation 1, the probability of a histidine specific charge state is determined when a specific pH is determined. Figure 2 B is presented at pH 6.5 and the possible distribution of deprotonated histidine in mAb1 when pH 7.5. At pH 6.5, mAb1 has a median of 8 deprotonated histidine residues, while at pH 7.5, almost all histidine residues are deprotonated. Figure 2C shows examples of four polypeptide molecules each with two histidine residues. At a pKa (pH 6.02), 50% of the His residues are protonated and 50% are deprotonated. The charge state combinations of the histidine residues on these four molecules exhibit a binomial distribution at the pKa: one molecule has both histidines protonated; two molecules have one histidine protonated and the other deprotonated; and one molecule has both histidines deprotonated.

对于这六种氨基酸的每一种,确定相对于给定的pH而言最常见电荷状态的概率并且基于抗体中存在的这六种氨基酸的各自残基数目,确定mAb1在给定pH的加权电荷概率(图3)。也可以通过香农熵确定电荷分布频率,所述香农熵是随机变量不确定性的量度(等式3)。基于mAb1中存在的这六种氨基酸的各自残基数目(表3),mAb1在给定pH的香农熵可以在图4中标绘。香农熵越低,电荷分布越均匀。For each of the six amino acids, the probability of the most common charge state relative to a given pH was determined and the weighted charge probability of mAb1 at a given pH was determined based on the residue number of each of the six amino acids present in the antibody ( FIG. 3 ). The charge distribution frequency can also be determined by the Shannon entropy, which is a measure of the uncertainty of a random variable ( Equation 3 ). The Shannon entropy of mAb1 at a given pH based on the residue number of each of the six amino acids present in mAb1 ( Table 3 ) can be plotted in FIG. The lower the Shannon entropy, the more uniform the charge distribution.

表3.mAb1中的所选择氨基酸残基的数目Table 3. Number of selected amino acid residues in mAb1

pHpH 赖氨酸Lysine 组氨酸Histidine 天冬氨酸Aspartic acid 谷氨酸glutamate 酪氨酸Tyrosine 精氨酸Arginine 残基数Number of residues 9090 2828 5252 6464 6666 3232

从该数据中,将mAb1的净电荷的分布随pH变化而变化作图(图5)并且确定拐点在37℃时是pH 7.5(图6,其是图5的俯视图)。注意这是具有在图5中显示为最高和最尖锐峰的最均匀电荷状态的pH。最均匀电荷状态也将导致IEC分离中最尖锐的峰。From this data, the distribution of the net charge of mAb1 was plotted as a function of pH ( FIG. 5 ) and the inflection point was determined to be pH 7.5 at 37° C. ( FIG. 6 , which is a top view of FIG. 5 ). Note that this is the pH with the most uniform charge state, which appears as the tallest and sharpest peak in FIG. 5 . The most uniform charge state will also result in the sharpest peak in the IEC separation.

使用上述方法,确定了具有范围从7.6至9.4的pI的多种mAb的拐点(图7)。令人惊讶地,几乎全部mAb的拐点是相同的,即在37℃时pH 7.5。靶向该IP可以改善IEC的pH稳健性。如图7中所示,对全部抗体而言,净电荷在pH 7和pH 8之间变动甚微。Using the above method, the inflection points of various mAbs with pIs ranging from 7.6 to 9.4 were determined ( FIG. 7 ). Surprisingly, the inflection point for almost all mAbs was the same, i.e., pH 7.5 at 37° C. Targeting this IP can improve the pH robustness of IECs. As shown in FIG. 7 , for all antibodies, the net charge varied little between pH 7 and pH 8.

在22℃、37℃和50℃确定mAb的拐点。如图8中所示,虽然拐点依赖于温度,测试的全部抗体的拐点在给定的温度均相似。The inflection points of the mAbs were determined at 22° C., 37° C., and 50° C. As shown in FIG8 , although the inflection points were temperature dependent, the inflection points of all antibodies tested were similar at a given temperature.

对范围从22℃至50℃的温度,测定mAb2的拐点。如图9中所见,尽管拐点pH随温度增加而下降,但净电荷保持恒定。因此,针对拐点而优化层析还向IEX方法提供对抗温度波动的稳健性。术语dIP/dT表示分子IP随温度变化的变化。从这些结果中,可以选择最佳缓冲剂,其中该缓冲剂的酸解离常数随温度变化的变化逼近dIP/dT(即,dIP/dT≈dpKa/dT)以最大限度减少温度影响并改善测定法稳健性。The inflection point of mAb2 was determined for temperatures ranging from 22°C to 50°C. As shown in Figure 9, although the inflection point pH decreases with increasing temperature, the net charge remains constant. Therefore, optimizing the chromatography for the inflection point also provides the IEX method with robustness against temperature fluctuations. The term dIP/dT represents the change in molecular IP with temperature. From these results, an optimal buffer can be selected where the change in the acid dissociation constant of the buffer with temperature approaches dIP/dT (i.e., dIP/dT ≈ dpKa/dT) to minimize temperature effects and improve assay robustness.

对拐点pH和温度之间的关系作图并且对具有不同pI值的多种mAb计算线性回归的斜率dIP/dT值(图10和表4)。发现这六种mAb的dIP/dT值基本上相同(-0.0177至-0.0183)。因此,具有dpKa/dT值约-0.018的缓冲剂将对于IEC分析图10中所提供的全部mAb而言为最佳并且因此对多产品IEC而言为最佳。The relationship between the inflection point pH and temperature was plotted and the slope of the linear regression, dpKa/dT values, were calculated for a variety of mAbs with different pI values (Figure 10 and Table 4). The dpKa/dT values for these six mAbs were found to be essentially identical (-0.0177 to -0.0183). Therefore, a buffer with a dpKa/dT value of approximately -0.018 would be optimal for IEC analysis of all mAbs provided in Figure 10 and therefore optimal for multi-product IEC.

表4.拐点(pH)Table 4. Inflection Point (pH)

温度℃Temperature MAb27MAb27 MAb1MAb1 MAb2MAb2 MAb4MAb4 MAb5MAb5 MAb6MAb6 MAb8MAb8 2525 7.697.69 7.737.73 7.727.72 7.727.72 7.757.75 7.727.72 7.727.72 3030 7.607.60 7.647.64 7.637.63 7.627.62 7.667.66 7.627.62 7.627.62 3535 7.507.50 7.547.54 7.547.54 7.537.53 7.567.56 7.537.53 7.537.53 3737 7.477.47 7.517.51 7.507.50 7.497.49 7.537.53 7.497.49 7.497.49 4040 7.427.42 7.457.45 7.457.45 7.447.44 7.477.47 7.447.44 7.447.44 4545 7.337.33 7.377.37 7.367.36 7.357.35 7.397.39 7.357.35 7.357.35 5050 7.257.25 7.287.28 7.277.27 7.267.26 7.307.30 7.277.27 7.277.27 dIP/dTdIP/dT -0.0177-0.0177 -0.018-0.018 -0.018-0.018 -0.0183-0.0183 -0.018-0.018 -0.018-0.018 -0.018-0.018

对于众多缓冲剂,随温度变化而变化的发表的pKa变化值(dpKa/dT)如下:For a number of buffers, published values for the change in pKa with temperature (dpKa/dT) are as follows:

磷酸盐:-0.0028Phosphate: -0.0028

HEPES:-0.014HEPES: -0.014

ACES:-0.02ACES: -0.02

Tris:-0.028Tris: -0.028

N.N-二羟乙基甘氨酸:-0.018N.N-Bicine: -0.018

三(羟甲基)甲基甘氨酸:-0.021Tris(hydroxymethyl)methylglycine: -0.021

TAPS:-0.02TAPS: -0.02

CHES:-0.018CHES: -0.018

参见Benyon,RJ和Easterby,JS,Buffer Solutions The Basics,IRL Press,1996。See Benyon, RJ and Easterby, JS, Buffer Solutions The Basics, IRL Press, 1996.

图11显示在磷酸盐缓冲液、HEPES缓冲液、ACES缓冲液和TRIS缓冲液中mAb2的拐点处净电荷随温度变化而变化的曲线。ACES缓冲液或HEPES缓冲液中mAb2的净电荷曲线几乎平缓,在30℃以上的范围上改变小于0.5。在另一方面,Tris缓冲液和磷酸盐缓冲液的曲线不这么平缓,显示净电荷随温度变化的变化更大。得出结论,ACES缓冲液或HEPES缓冲液是用于多产品IEC分析的最佳缓冲液。Figure 11 shows the temperature-dependent net charge curves at the inflection point for mAb2 in phosphate buffer, HEPES buffer, ACES buffer, and TRIS buffer. The net charge curves for mAb2 in ACES or HEPES buffer are nearly flat, varying by less than 0.5 over a range above 30°C. On the other hand, the curves for Tris and phosphate buffers are less flat, showing greater temperature-dependent changes in net charge. It is concluded that ACES or HEPES buffer is the optimal buffer for multi-product IEC analysis.

实施例2.多产品IEC方案的形成Example 2. Formation of a multi-product IEC solution

根据拐点和ACES和HEPES的dpKa/dT值和对多种mAb所测定的dIP/dT值的关系,形成一个多产品IEC方案。测试了19种mAb。将mAb样品用缓冲液A稀释至1mg/mL并在自动进样器中保持在5±3℃。将MabPac SCX-10,4×250mm柱置于温度设定在37±1℃的柱温箱中。对于每种层析试验,进样10μL蛋白质(20μg)。缓冲液A是在37℃的5mM ACES pH 7.5。缓冲液B是缓冲液A中的180mM NaCl。通过将缓冲液B混合入缓冲液A,梯度是在100分钟内按1mM/分钟的0-100mM NaCl。流速是0.8mL/分钟。通过280nm处吸光度检测蛋白质。如图12中所示,多产品IEC为一系列多种mAb产品提供良好的分离度。Based on the relationship between the inflection point and the dpKa/dT values of ACES and HEPES, and the dIP/dT values measured for various mAbs, a multi-product IEC protocol was developed. Nineteen mAbs were tested. mAb samples were diluted to 1 mg/mL in buffer A and maintained in an autosampler at 5 ± 3°C. A MabPac SCX-10, 4 × 250 mm column was placed in a column oven set at 37 ± 1°C. For each chromatography run, 10 μL of protein (20 μg) was injected. Buffer A was 5 mM ACES, pH 7.5, at 37°C. Buffer B was 180 mM NaCl in buffer A. A gradient of 0–100 mM NaCl at 1 mM/min over 100 minutes was applied by mixing buffer B into buffer A. The flow rate was 0.8 mL/min. Proteins were detected by absorbance at 280 nm. As shown in Figure 12, multi-product IEC provided good resolution for a range of diverse mAb products.

实施例3.多产品IEC的pH稳健性Example 3. pH robustness of multi-product IEC

使用实施例2中描述的方法,检查这种多产品IEC的pH稳健性,例外在于,梯度是1.5mM NaCl/分钟以及在三个不同pH值:pH 7.3、pH 7.5和pH 7.7进行。使用mAb4作为这项研究的非限制示例性抗体。This multi-product IEC was examined for pH robustness using the method described in Example 2, except that the gradient was 1.5 mM NaCl/min and was performed at three different pH values: pH 7.3, pH 7.5, and pH 7.7. mAb4 was used as a non-limiting exemplary antibody for this study.

如图13中所示,在测试的全部pH值处均见到抗体主峰和其电荷变体之间的良好分离度。峰面积定量揭示分析结果相对于pH没有显著变化(表5)。As shown in Figure 13, good resolution between the main peak of the antibody and its charge variants was seen at all pH values tested. Peak area quantification revealed no significant changes in the analytical results with respect to pH (Table 5).

表5.多产品IEC的pH稳健性Table 5. pH robustness of multi-product IEC

a分离度由等式4定义。 aThe resolution is defined by Equation 4.

等式4Equation 4

其中R是分离度Where R is the resolution

tr1和tr2是两个紧邻峰的保留时间t r1 and t r2 are the retention times of two adjacent peaks

w1和w2是两个紧邻峰的峰宽度 w1 and w2 are the peak widths of two adjacent peaks

实施例4.温度稳健性Example 4. Temperature Robustness

使用实施例2中描述的方法,检查这种多产品IEC的温度稳健性,例外在于,梯度是1.5mM NaCl/分钟以及在三个不同温度:32℃、37℃和42℃进行。使用mAb2、mAb6和mAb10作为这项研究的非限制示例性抗体。The temperature robustness of this multi-product IEC was examined using the method described in Example 2, except that the gradient was 1.5 mM NaCl/min and was performed at three different temperatures: 32° C., 37° C., and 42° C. mAb2, mAb6, and mAb10 were used as non-limiting exemplary antibodies for this study.

如图14中所示,对于每种抗体,在测试的全部温度均见到抗体主峰和其电荷变体之间的良好分离度。对于每种抗体,在每种温度均见到几乎相同的层析图。As shown in Figure 14, for each antibody, good resolution between the main peak of the antibody and its charge variants was seen at all temperatures tested. For each antibody, nearly identical chromatograms were seen at each temperature.

在第二实验中,在10mM HEPES缓冲液中测试mAb19、7和8的温度稳健性。如图15中所见,对于每种抗体,在测试的全部温度均见到抗体主峰和其电荷变体之间的良好分离度。峰面积定量揭示分析结果相对于温度没有显著变化。In a second experiment, the temperature robustness of mAbs 19, 7, and 8 was tested in 10 mM HEPES buffer. As shown in Figure 15, for each antibody, good separation between the main peak of the antibody and its charge variants was seen at all temperatures tested. Peak area quantification revealed no significant changes in the analytical results with respect to temperature.

表6.多产品IEC的温度稳健性Table 6. Temperature robustness of multiple product IECs

实施例5.多产品IEC与产品专用IEC的比较Example 5. Comparison of Multi-Product IEC and Product-Specific IEC

将多产品IEC与针对mAb8、mAb25和mAb26开发的产品专用IEC方法比较。使用实施例2中描述的多产品IEC方法进行mAb8、mAb28和mAb26的IEC,例外是梯度为1.5mM NaCl/分钟[Genentech-请证实]。产品专用方法的缓冲液和温度不同。对于mAb8,它是在30℃时20mMMES pH 6.5;对于mAb25,它是在42℃时20mM HEPES pH 7.6;并且对于mAb26,它是在40℃时20mM ACES pH 7.1。如可以在图16中见到,多产品IEC(左小图)的表现类似于产品专用IE方法(右小图)或其分离度更好。Multi-product IEC was compared to a product-specific IEC method developed for mAb8, mAb25, and mAb26. IEC for mAb8, mAb28, and mAb26 was performed using the multi-product IEC method described in Example 2, except that the gradient was 1.5 mM NaCl/min [Genentech - please confirm]. The buffer and temperature for the product-specific methods were different. For mAb8, it was 20 mM MES pH 6.5 at 30°C; for mAb25, it was 20 mM HEPES pH 7.6 at 42°C; and for mAb26, it was 20 mM ACES pH 7.1 at 40°C. As can be seen in Figure 16, the multi-product IEC (left panel) performed similarly to the product-specific IE method (right panel) or had better resolution.

实施例6.采用不同柱的多产品IEC的用途Example 6. Use of multi-product IEC using different columns

多产品IEC用于层析柱选择。使用实施例2中描述的方法,在4种不同阳离子交换柱中测试mAb8,例外是梯度为1.5mM NaCl/分钟。测试的柱是ProPac WCX-10,4×250,10μm;YMC,4.6×100,5μm;Antibodix NP5,4.6×250,5μm;和MabPac SCX-10,4×250,10μm(在实施例2中使用)。如可以在图17中见到,全部四根柱均产生足够的分离度。表7中显示峰面积定量及酸性峰和碱性峰与主峰之间的分离度。Multi-product IEC was used for chromatography column selection. mAb8 was tested on four different cation exchange columns using the method described in Example 2, except that the gradient was 1.5 mM NaCl/minute. The columns tested were ProPac WCX-10, 4×250, 10 μm; YMC, 4.6×100, 5 μm; Antibodix NP5, 4.6×250, 5 μm; and MabPac SCX-10, 4×250, 10 μm (used in Example 2). As can be seen in Figure 17, all four columns produced adequate resolution. Peak area quantification and the resolution between the acidic and basic peaks and the main peak are shown in Table 7.

表7.筛选mAb8的柱Table 7. Columns for screening mAb 8

实施例7.可扩展性Example 7. Scalability

评价了不同规格阳离子交换层析柱在多产品IEC中的使用情况。缩减的柱长度将导致更短的运行时间。使用实施例2中描述的多产品IEC方法,在三种不同规格的ProPacWCX-10柱上层析分离mAb8。由于柱具有不同规格,所以层析试验持续不同的时间段。柱规格和相应的运行时间如下:4×250mm,63分钟,4×100mm,19分钟,和4×50mm,15分钟。图18中给出了结果。尽管某些分离度随较短的柱损失,但对于高通量应用,用较短的柱获得了具有一致性定量结果的足够的分离作用。峰面积的定量是一致的并在表8中显示。The use of cation exchange chromatography columns of different sizes in multi-product IEC was evaluated. Reduced column length will result in shorter run times. Using the multi-product IEC method described in Example 2, mAb8 was chromatographed on three different sizes of ProPacWCX-10 columns. Since the columns had different sizes, the chromatography experiments lasted for different time periods. The column sizes and corresponding run times were as follows: 4×250 mm, 63 minutes, 4×100 mm, 19 minutes, and 4×50 mm, 15 minutes. The results are given in Figure 18. Although some resolution is lost with shorter columns, for high-throughput applications, sufficient separation with consistent quantitative results was obtained with shorter columns. The quantification of peak areas was consistent and is shown in Table 8.

表8.多产品IEC的可扩展性Table 8. Scalability of Multi-Product IEC

实施例8.测定法的稳健性Example 8. Robustness of the assay

检验程序的验证需要方法具有适当的稳健性。一种评价稳健性的实验设计(DoE)方案全面评估分析条件中微小变异的影响,包括相互作用的影响。选择每个实验的特定多变量条件以将各因素与相互作用的可能性组合。用单次单因素方法检验不能连续变动但已知产生影响的因素,即,柱(例如,批间变异性、柱龄)和仪器(例如,双模式类型)。通过比较目标条件下响应变异性与根据析因设计变动的条件下响应的变异性,确定这些影响。Validation of testing procedures requires that the method possess appropriate robustness. A design of experiments (DoE) approach to assess robustness comprehensively evaluates the effects of small variations in analytical conditions, including the effects of interactions. Specific multivariate conditions for each experiment are selected to combine factors with the potential for interaction. Factors that cannot be continuously varied but are known to have an effect, i.e., column (e.g., batch-to-batch variability, column age) and instrument (e.g., bimodal type), are tested using a single, single-factor approach. These effects are determined by comparing the variability of the response under the target conditions with the variability of the response under conditions varied according to the factorial design.

实验设计Experimental design

下文描述了用于监测针对平台方法对照方案的重组单克隆抗体蛋白电荷异质性的离子交换条件。这项研究的目标是使用六因素Plackett-Burman实验设计(表9和表10)研究测定法稳健性。检查的因素是溶剂pH、结束时盐浓度、柱温、流速、进样量和缓冲剂质量摩尔浓度。这项研究的响应变量包括主峰、酸性变体和碱性变体的相对百分数。总计进行21次试验,12次试验在因素条件进行并且9次试验在目标条件进行。Described below is the ion exchange condition for monitoring the recombinant monoclonal antibody protein charge heterogeneity for platform method control scheme.The target of this research is to use six-factor Plackett-Burman experimental design (table 9 and table 10) research determination method robustness.The factor of inspection is solvent pH, salt concentration, column temperature, flow velocity, sample size and buffer mass molar concentration at the end.The response variable of this research includes the relative percentage of main peak, acidic variant and basic variant.A total of 21 tests are carried out, 12 tests are carried out in factor conditions and 9 tests are carried out in target conditions.

表13Table 13

表10Table 10

表11.稳健性汇总表Table 11. Robustness summary table

统计分析Statistical analysis

具有目标响应值的样品显示当全部变量因素处于目标条件时出现的变异性。具有因素响应值的样品显示当多个因素以组合方式变动时出现的变异性。Samples with target response values show the variability that occurs when all variable factors are under the target condition. Samples with factor response values show the variability that occurs when multiple factors are varied in a combined manner.

表12Table 12

计算全部目标响应值和DoE因素响应值的均数、标准偏差(SD)和相对标准偏差(RSD)。尽管在目标条件和因素条件同等型的SD和RSD之间观察到微小差异,但这些都非常的低。图19-21中显示结果。The mean, standard deviation (SD), and relative standard deviation (RSD) were calculated for all target responses and DoE factor responses. Although minor differences were observed between the SD and RSD of target and factor condition isotypes, these were very low. The results are shown in Figures 19-21.

一般对于IEC验证,主峰的可接受RSD%限值是<5%,酸性变体和碱性变体的可接受RSD%限值是<10%。Typically for IEC validation, the acceptable %RSD limits for the main peak are <5% and for the acidic and basic variants are <10%.

全部因素条件均产生主峰%和碱性变体%的结果,所述结果处于从目标条件结果算出的95/99容许区间内。All factor conditions produced results for % Main Peak and % Basic Variants that were within the 95/99 tolerance interval calculated from the target condition results.

两种因素条件#10(-+--+-)和#12(-+-+++)产生低于从目标条件结果算出的95/99TI要求下限的酸性变体值%。全部其他因素条件均产生在这个置信区间之内的值。Two factor conditions #10 (-+--+-) and #12 (-+-+++) produced % acid variant values below the lower limit of the 95/99 TI requirement calculated from the target condition results. All other factor conditions produced values within this confidence interval.

产生在目标条件95/99TI外部的值的条件是测定法中高精度水平和DoE研究内部有限的无对照变异性(仪器和柱)的结果。Conditions that yielded values outside the target condition of 95/99 TI were a result of the high level of precision in the assay and limited uncontrolled variability (instrument and column) within the DoE study.

对于主峰、酸性变体和碱性变体而言,IEC的正常95/99TI可以在3%-5%范围内。A normal 95/99 TI of IEC may be in the range of 3%-5% for the main peak, acidic variants and basic variants.

材料和方法Materials and methods

使用平台方法对照(PMC)方案,对蛋白质或抗体原料药、药品或临床产品用毒理学材料的带电荷变体定量。平台方法对照方案利用代表性抗体作为方法对照以确定在这种多产品阳离子交换层析方法中的系统适用性。这种多产品检验程序适用于具有正净电荷的蛋白质分子(在>7.2的近似pI)。Use the Platform Method Control (PMC) protocol to quantify charged variants of protein or antibody drug substances, drug products, or toxicology materials for clinical products. The Platform Method Control protocol utilizes a representative antibody as a method control to determine system suitability for this multi-product cation exchange chromatography method. This multi-product testing procedure is suitable for protein molecules with a positive net charge (at an approximate pI > 7.2).

设备和材料Equipment and materials

1.1HPLC系统:具有可调式UV(TUV)的Waters UPLC H-Class Bio;WatersAlliance 2695连同Waters 2487检测器和Waters Alliance e2695连同Waters 2489UV/Vis检测器或等同物。1.1 HPLC system: Waters UPLC H-Class Bio with tunable UV (TUV); Waters Alliance 2695 with Waters 2487 detector and Waters Alliance e2695 with Waters 2489 UV/Vis detector or equivalent.

1.2能够在280nm监测的内嵌式UV检测器。1.2 Built-in UV detector capable of monitoring at 280nm.

1.3HPLC必须含有能够将温度维持在设定点±2℃的柱温箱。1.3 The HPLC must contain a column oven capable of maintaining the temperature at ±2°C of the set point.

1,4能够进行峰面积积分的电子积分仪或计算机系统。1,4 Electronic integrator or computer system capable of peak area integration.

1,5能够冷却至2-8℃的自动采样器。1,5 Autosampler capable of cooling to 2-8°C.

1.6柱:ThermoFisher MabPacR SCX-10,10μm,4250mm(Thermo,产品编号074625)。1.6 Column: ThermoFisher MabPacR SCX-10, 10 μm, 4250 mm (Thermo, product number 074625).

1.7具有温度补偿的pH计。1.7 pH meter with temperature compensation.

1.8能够在37±2℃加热的水浴。1.8 A water bath capable of heating at 37±2°C.

1.9具有1℃分度并指定在水浴中部分浸没使用的已校准温度计。1.9 A calibrated thermometer with 1°C graduations and intended for use partially immersed in a water bath.

试剂Reagents

备注:配方用于试剂的标称量并且可以根据测定法要求按比例调整。Note: Recipes are for nominal amounts of reagents and may be proportionally adjusted according to assay requirements.

2.1纯化水,适于HPLC分析(Super-Q或等同物)2.1 Purified water, suitable for HPLC analysis (Super-Q or equivalent)

2.2溶剂A:5mM HEPES缓冲液,pH 7.5±0.12.2 Solvent A: 5 mM HEPES buffer, pH 7.5 ± 0.1

无酸HEPES,试剂级(FW 238.3,Corning CellGro;产品编号61-034-RO),1.87gAcid-free HEPES, reagent grade (FW 238.3, Corning CellGro; product number 61-034-RO), 1.87 g

HEPES钠盐,试剂级(FW 260.3,Sigma Aldrich;产品编号H3784),1.87gHEPES sodium salt, reagent grade (FW 260.3, Sigma Aldrich; product number H3784), 1.87 g

纯化水 补足至3LPurified water to make up to 3L

将所列出的化学品在刻度量筒中与大约2900mL纯化水合并。搅拌直至溶解。用纯化水补足至3L并测量pH。在环境温度验证pH是7.5±0.1。如果pH落在指定范围外,则抛弃并重复配制。经0.2μm膜过滤。Combine the listed chemicals with approximately 2900 mL of purified water in a graduated cylinder. Stir until dissolved. Make up to 3 L with purified water and measure the pH. Verify the pH is 7.5 ± 0.1 at ambient temperature. If the pH falls outside the specified range, discard and repeat the preparation. Filter through a 0.2 μm membrane.

2.3溶剂B:溶剂A中100mM氯化钠2.3 Solvent B: 100 mM NaCl in solvent A

氯化钠(FW 58.44J.T.Baker目录号3624-01或等同物),5.844gSodium chloride (FW 58.44 J.T. Baker Cat. No. 3624-01 or equivalent), 5.844 g

溶剂A(步骤2.2)补足至1LSolvent A (step 2.2) is added to 1 L

将氯化钠在刻度量筒中与大约450mL溶剂A合并,并搅拌直至溶解。用溶剂A补足至1L并且经0.2μm膜过滤。Combine sodium chloride with approximately 450 mL of solvent A in a graduated cylinder and stir until dissolved. Make up to 1 L with solvent A and filter through a 0.2 μm membrane.

2.4溶剂C:溶剂A中1mM氯化钠2.4 Solvent C: 1 mM NaCl in Solvent A

氯化钠(FW 58.44J.T.Baker目录号3624-01),29.22gSodium chloride (FW 58.44 J.T. Baker Cat. No. 3624-01), 29.22 g

溶剂A(步骤2.2)补足至500mLSolvent A (step 2.2) is added to 500 mL

将氯化钠在刻度量筒中与大约450mL溶剂A合并,并搅拌直至溶解。用溶剂A补足至500mL并且经0.2μm膜过滤。Combine sodium chloride with approximately 450 mL of solvent A in a graduated cylinder and stir until dissolved. Make up to 500 mL with solvent A and filter through a 0.2 μm membrane.

2.5柱储存溶液:溶剂B中0.05%叠氮钠,pH 7.5±0.12.5 Column storage solution: 0.05% sodium azide in solvent B, pH 7.5 ± 0.1

警告:叠氮钠具有高度毒性和致突变性。避免吸入粉末并避免与皮肤接触(它容易经皮肤吸收)。WARNING: Sodium azide is highly toxic and mutagenic. Avoid inhalation of powder and contact with skin (it is readily absorbed through the skin).

叠氮钠(FW 65.01,EM Science 0066884R或等同物),2.25g;Sodium azide (FW 65.01, EM Science 0066884R or equivalent), 2.25 g;

溶剂B(步骤2.2),补足至500mLSolvent B (step 2.2), make up to 500 mL

将叠氮钠在刻度量筒中用大约450mL溶剂B合并,并搅拌直至溶解。用溶剂B补足至500mL并且经0.22μm膜过滤。Combine sodium azide with approximately 450 mL of solvent B in a graduated cylinder and stir until dissolved. Make up to 500 mL with solvent B and filter through a 0.22 μm membrane.

2.6柱和系统清洁液:0.1N氢氧化钠(J T Baker5636-02),根据以下步骤配制:2.6 Column and system cleaning solution: 0.1N sodium hydroxide (J T Baker 5636-02), prepared according to the following steps:

1N NaOH 100μL1N NaOH 100μL

纯化水 900μLPurified water 900 μL

将列出的化学品合并,并且充分混合。Combine the listed chemicals and mix thoroughly.

2.7样品和参比标准物配制缓冲液2.7 Preparation of sample and reference standard buffers

2.810%聚山梨醇酯20母液(w/v)2.8 10% polysorbate 20 stock solution (w/v)

聚山梨醇酯20(聚山梨醇酯TM 20,Sigma目录号P7949或等同物)10g,纯化水,补足至100mLPolysorbate 20 (Polysorbate 20, Sigma catalog number P7949 or equivalent) 10 g, purified water, make up to 100 mL

将聚山梨醇酯20直接量取至去皮重的刻度量筒中。避免用表面活性剂接触于量筒颈部。小心地用纯化水补足至100mL,避免形成气泡。将磁力搅拌棒温和地降入量筒中。搅拌溶液15-20分钟直至全部表面活性剂溶解。Measure polysorbate 20 directly into a tared, graduated cylinder. Avoid contact of the surfactant with the neck of the cylinder. Carefully fill to 100 mL with purified water, avoiding the formation of bubbles. Gently lower a magnetic stir bar into the cylinder. Stir the solution for 15-20 minutes until all the surfactant has dissolved.

2.9方法对照配制缓冲液2.9 Method Control Preparation Buffer

MAb8配制缓冲液:20mM组氨酸HCl,120mM蔗糖,0.02%聚山梨醇酯20,pH 6.0±0.3MAb8 formulation buffer: 20 mM histidine HCl, 120 mM sucrose, 0.02% polysorbate 20, pH 6.0 ± 0.3

盐酸L-组氨酸,一水合物(FW 209.6) 2.31gL-Histidine hydrochloride, monohydrate (FW 209.6) 2.31g

L-组氨酸,游离碱(FW 155.2) 1.40gL-Histidine, free base (FW 155.2) 1.40g

蔗糖(FW 342.3) 41.08gSucrose (FW 342.3) 41.08g

聚山梨醇酯20 0.20gPolysorbate 20 0.20g

或10%聚山梨醇酯20(w/v)储液 2.0mLor 10% polysorbate 20 (w/v) stock solution 2.0 mL

纯化水 补足至1.0LPurified water to make up to 1.0L

将列出的化学品与大约800mL纯化水合并,并且搅拌直至溶解。验证pH是6.0±0.3。如果pH落在指定范围外,则抛弃并重复配制。用纯化水补足溶液至1.0L。经0.45μm膜过滤。Combine the listed chemicals with approximately 800 mL of purified water and stir until dissolved. Verify that the pH is 6.0 ± 0.3. If the pH falls outside the specified range, discard and repeat the preparation. Make up the solution to 1.0 L with purified water. Filter through a 0.45 μm membrane.

2.10 5mg/mL羧肽酶B,DFP处理(Roche 103233)或等同物,近似活性150U/mg2.10 5 mg/mL carboxypeptidase B, DFP treated (Roche 103233) or equivalent, approximate activity 150 U/mg

2.11 1mg/mL CpB2.11 1mg/mL CpB

5mg/mL羧肽酶B,DFP处理 20μL5mg/mL Carboxypeptidase B, DFP treated 20μL

纯化水 80μLPurified water 80 μL

精确地添加5mg/mL羧肽酶B至纯化水中。对于除5mg/mL之外的所购羧肽酶B的浓度,可以调整体积以确保1mg/mL终浓度。新鲜制备。Add exactly 5 mg/mL of Carboxypeptidase B to purified water. For concentrations of purchased Carboxypeptidase B other than 5 mg/mL, adjust the volume to ensure a final concentration of 1 mg/mL. Prepare fresh.

方法对照、样品、参比和配制缓冲液空白配制Preparation of method controls, samples, references, and formulation buffer blanks

3.1方法对照(MAb8),标称浓度:50mg/mL3.1 Method control (MAb8), nominal concentration: 50 mg/mL

将方法对照用溶剂A(步骤2.2)稀释至大约2.0mg/mL的终浓度(例如,对于50mg/mL方法对照,合并40μL样品和960μL溶剂A)。Dilute the method control with solvent A (step 2.2) to a final concentration of approximately 2.0 mg/mL (eg, for a 50 mg/mL method control, combine 40 μL of sample and 960 μL of solvent A).

3.2方法对照空白3.2 Method control blank

使用与步骤3.1中相同的稀释方案,将方法对照配制缓冲液用溶剂A稀释。Dilute the Method Control Formulation Buffer with Solvent A using the same dilution scheme as in step 3.1.

3.3样品和参比标准物配制3.3 Sample and reference standard preparation

将样品和参比标准物用溶剂A稀释至2mg/mL。Samples and reference standards were diluted with solvent A to 2 mg/mL.

3.4样品和参比标准物空白配制3.4 Sample and Reference Standard Blank Preparation

3.4.1使用与步骤3.4中相同的稀释方案,稀释产品的配制缓冲液3.4.1 Using the same dilution scheme as in step 3.4, dilute the product preparation buffer

3.5在数据表上记录稀释度。3.5 Record the dilution on the data sheet.

3.6参考产品具体信息和CpB消化要求说明书,用CpB消化制备样品3.6 Refer to the product specific information and CpB digestion instructions to prepare samples using CpB digestion

3.6.1向稀释的方法对照、样品、参比标准物和配制缓冲液空白添加1%(w/w)的1mg/mL CpB(步骤2.12)(例如,添加20L的1mg/mL CpB至1000L的2.0mg/mL样品)。3.6.1 Add 1% (w/w) of 1 mg/mL CpB (step 2.12) to the diluted method controls, samples, reference standards, and formulation buffer blanks (e.g., add 20 L of 1 mg/mL CpB to 1000 L of 2.0 mg/mL sample).

3.6.2温和涡旋混合并且将CpB处理的方法对照、样品、参比标准物和配制缓冲液空白在37±2℃孵育20±2分钟。3.6.2 Vortex gently to mix and incubate the CpB-treated method controls, samples, reference standards, and formulation buffer blanks at 37 ± 2 °C for 20 ± 2 minutes.

3.6.3在数据表上记录配制过程。3.6.3 Record the preparation process on the data sheet.

3,7将稀释的方法对照、参比标准物、样品和配制缓冲液空白转移入适宜的小瓶用于分析。3,7 Transfer the diluted method controls, reference standards, samples, and formulation buffer blanks into appropriate vials for analysis.

3,8HPLC分析应当在样品制配的48小时内完成。样品应当在分析之前贮存在2-8℃。3,8HPLC analysis should be completed within 48 hours of sample preparation. Samples should be stored at 2-8°C prior to analysis.

层析条件Chromatography conditions

4.1两种Water HPLC仪共同的层析条件:4.1 Common chromatographic conditions for both Water HPLC instruments:

4.1.1流速:1.5mL/分钟4.1.1 Flow rate: 1.5 mL/min

4.1.2自动采样器温度:5±3℃4.1.2 Automatic sampler temperature: 5±3℃

4.1.3柱温:40±2℃4.1.3 Column temperature: 40 ± 2 °C

4.1.4UV检测波长:280nm4.1.4UV detection wavelength: 280nm

4.1.5进样量:25L(约50g)4.1.5 Injection volume: 25L (about 50g)

4,2 Water's Aqcuity H级UPLC和多波长或二极管阵列探测器的仪器设定4.2 Instrument Setup for Water's Aqcuity H-Class UPLC and Multi-Wavelength or Diode Array Detectors

4.2.1零点偏移模拟输出:5%4.2.1 Zero offset analog output: 5%

4.2.2衰减模拟输出:500mAU4.2.2 Attenuation analog output: 500mAU

4.2.3洗涤环境:用进样针洗液(10%IPA)进样4.2.3 Washing environment: Injection with needle wash solution (10% IPA)

进样前 10秒10 seconds before injection

进样后 20秒20 seconds after injection

4.2.4抽吸和分配速度:100μL/分钟4.2.4 Aspiration and dispensing speed: 100 μL/min

4.2.5加速2.0mL/分钟/0.02分钟(100mL/分钟/分钟)4.2.5 Acceleration 2.0 mL/min/0.02 min (100 mL/min/min)

4.2.6检测器设定4.2.6 Detector Settings

4.2.6.1采样率:1pt/秒4.2.6.1 Sampling rate: 1pt/second

4.2.6.2滤光片:Hamming4.2.6.2 Filter: Hamming

4.2.6.3时间常数 1.04.2.6.3 Time constant 1.0

4.2.6.4比率最小最小比率0.00 最大比率2.004.2.6.4 Minimum ratio: 0.00 Maximum ratio: 2.00

4.2.6.5自动调零通道A:(时间0和时间50)4.2.6.5 Auto Zero Channel A: (Time 0 and Time 50)

4.2.6.6灵敏度:2.000AUFS4.2.6.6 Sensitivity: 2.000 AUFS

4.3含Waters2487检测器的Waters Alliance(e)2695HPLC的仪器设定4.3 Instrument settings for Waters Alliance(e)2695 HPLC with Waters2487 detector

4.3.1行程输出量:100μL4.3.1 Stroke output: 100μL

4.3.2进样针洗涤时间:延长(10%IPA)4.3.2 Injection needle washing time: extended (10% IPA)

4.3.3溶剂脱气:设定“开”模式4.3.3 Solvent degassing: Set to "On" mode

4.3.4加速 10.0mL/分钟/0.1分钟(100mL/分钟/分钟)4.3.4 Acceleration 10.0 mL/min/0.1 min (100 mL/min/min)

4.3.5抽吸和分配速度:缓慢(50μL/分钟)4.3.5 Aspiration and dispensing speed: slow (50 μL/min)

4.3.6检测器设定4.3.6 Detector Settings

4.3.6.1采样率:1pt/秒4.3.6.1 Sampling rate: 1pt/second

4.3.6.2滤光片:Hamming4.3.6.2 Filter: Hamming

4.3.6.3时间常数1.04.3.6.3 Time constant 1.0

4.3.6.4比率最小0.10004.3.6.4 Ratio minimum 0.1000

4.3.6.5自动调零通道A,在时间0和时间504.3.6.5 Auto-zero channel A at time 0 and time 50

4.3.6.6灵敏度:2.000AU4.3.6.6 Sensitivity: 2.000AU

4.4梯度:4.4 Gradient:

表13Table 13

时间(分钟)Time (minutes) %A%A %B%B %C%C 流速(mL/min)Flow rate (mL/min) 0.00.0 100100 0.00.0 0.00.0 1.51.5 3.03.0 100100 0.00.0 0.00.0 1.51.5 37.037.0 10.010.0 90.090.0 0.00.0 1.51.5 37.137.1 0.00.0 0.00.0 100100 1.51.5 40.040.0 0.00.0 0.00.0 100100 1.51.5 40.140.1 100100 0.00.0 0.00.0 1.51.5 50.050.0 100100 0.00.0 0.00.0 1.51.5

仪器准备Instrument preparation

5.1遵循使用HPLC的适宜方案5.1 Follow an appropriate protocol using HPLC

5.2用约20mL适宜溶剂准备管路,包括用10%IPA准备进样针洗涤管路5.2 Prepare the tubing with approximately 20 mL of appropriate solvent, including 10% IPA to prepare the needle wash tubing.

柱清洁和准备Column cleaning and preparation

6.1通过使用以下等强度(isocratic)程序执行系统和柱洗涤。注入100μL 0.1NNaOH。6.1 Perform system and column washes by using the following isocratic program: Inject 100 μL of 0.1 N NaOH.

表14Table 14

时间(分钟)Time (minutes) 流速(mL/分钟)Flow rate (mL/min) %溶剂B%Solvent B %溶剂B%Solvent B 00 1.51.5 5050 5050 33 1.51.5 5050 5050

6.2重复步骤6.1,至少五(5)次。6.2 Repeat step 6.1 at least five (5) times.

6.3使用步骤6.1中的等强度程序,单次注入100uL溶剂A。6.3 Using the isocratic program from step 6.1, make a single injection of 100 μL of solvent A.

6.4将柱在步骤4.4中梯度程序的初始条件(1.5mL/分钟的100%溶剂A)平衡约20分钟或直至观察到稳定基线。6.4 Equilibrate the column at the initial conditions of the gradient program in step 4.4 (100% solvent A at 1.5 mL/min) for approximately 20 minutes or until a stable baseline is observed.

进样方案Injection plan

7.1准备:将不含CpB消化物的方法对照进样直至对至少2次进样观察到一致的层析图。酸性区域、主峰和碱性区的分离度必须按视检与典型层析图一致。7.1 Preparation: Inject a method control without the CpB digest until a consistent chromatogram is observed for at least two injections. The resolution of the acidic region, main peak, and basic region must be consistent with the representative chromatogram by visual inspection.

7.2不含CpB消化物的平台方法对照(单次进样)7.2 Platform Method Control Without CpB Digestion (Single Injection)

7.3用于方法对照的配制缓冲液空白7.3 Preparation Buffer Blank for Method Control

7.4参比标准物*(单次进样)7.4 Reference Standard* (Single Injection)

7.5样品*(重复进样)7.5 samples* (repeated injections)

7.6参比标准物*(单次进样)7.6 Reference Standard* (Single Injection)

7.7参比标准物的配制缓冲液空白*(单次进样)7.7 Reference Standard Preparation Buffer Blank* (Single Injection)

7.8不含CpB消化物的平台方法对照(单次进样)7.8 Platform Method Control Without CpB Digest (Single Injection)

*具有或没CpB消化物,如果产品得到证实(warrant)。*With or without CpB digest, if product is warranted.

备注:1)如果配制缓冲液相对于参比标准物和样品不同,则将参比标准物和样品的独立空白进样。Notes: 1) If the preparation buffer is different for the reference standard and samples, inject separate blanks of the reference standard and samples.

2)如果方法对照之间需要超过15次进样(包括参比标准物和相应的产品配制缓冲液空白),则用方法对照进样插入每15次进样之间。在试验数据表的系统适用性部分,仅报告插入正在报告的样品之间的方法对照进样。2) If more than 15 injections are required between method controls (including the reference standard and the corresponding product preparation buffer blank), insert a method control injection between every 15 injections. In the system suitability section of the experimental data sheet, report only the method control injections inserted between the samples being reported.

3)将参比标准物视为样品并且不用来评估试验进程的系统适用性。3) The reference standard is considered a sample and is not used to assess the system suitability of the test procedure.

柱关机和储存Column Shutdown and Storage

通过用至少30mL柱储存溶液冲洗柱,储存柱(步骤2.4)。Store the column (step 2.4) by flushing it with at least 30 mL of column storage solution.

系统适用性System suitability

注意:对于方法对照,通过用方法对照配制缓冲液空白覆盖方法对照曲线,确定积分终点。扩展覆盖曲线,并且通过空白与方法对照曲线比较,确定积分终点。Note: For the method control, determine the integration endpoint by overlaying the method control curve with a blank of the method control preparation buffer. Extend the overlay curve and determine the integration endpoint by comparing the blank to the method control curve.

9.1将归属于蛋白质的全部峰积分。不包含在方法对照配制缓冲液空白层析图中存在的任何峰,除非空白中的相应峰小于PMC中峰的1%。9.1 Integrate all peaks attributable to the protein. Do not include any peaks present in the method control formulation buffer blank chromatogram unless the corresponding peak in the blank is less than 1% of the peak in the PMC.

9.2目视证实插入性方法对照进样的层析图彼此及与典型层析图的一致性。典型层析图中的全部指定峰必须存在。9.2 Visually verify the consistency of the chromatograms of the intervening method control injections with each other and with the representative chromatogram. All specified peaks in the representative chromatogram must be present.

备注:指定峰的曲线可以在峰形方面与示例曲线略微地差异,原因在于柱和仪器变异性。Note: The curve for a given peak may differ slightly in peak shape from the example curve due to column and instrument variability.

9.3计算每种包围性方法对照进样的主峰、酸性区域和碱性区百分数。9.3 Calculate the percentage of the main peak, acidic region, and basic region for each bracketing method control injection.

9.4系统适用性范围9.4 System Applicability Scope

表15.非CpB处理的方法对照的系统适用性可接受范围Table 15. Acceptable ranges for system suitability of non-CpB treated method controls

酸性区域acidic area 主峰Main Peak 碱性区域alkaline region 峰面积的可接受范围%Acceptable range of peak area% 15.5和17.715.5 and 17.7 55.5和61.455.5 and 61.4 21.3和28.621.3 and 28.6

9.5在系统适用性数据表中记录结果。9.5 Record the results on the System Suitability Data Sheet.

数据分析Data Analysis

10.1目视比较各曲线以确定样品层析图和参比标准物层析图中的峰。10.1 Visually compare the curves to identify the peaks in the sample chromatogram and the reference standard chromatogram.

10.2将归属于蛋白质的全部峰积分。不包含在产品配制缓冲液空白层析图中存在的任何峰,除非空白中的相应峰小于PMC中峰的1%。备注:为了确定积分终点,用产品配制缓冲液空白覆盖样品曲线和参比标准物曲线。扩展覆盖曲线并且通过产品配制缓冲液空白与样品曲线和参比标准物曲线比较确定积分终点。10.2 Integrate all peaks attributable to the protein. Do not include any peaks present in the blank chromatogram of the product preparation buffer, unless the corresponding peak in the blank is less than 1% of the peak in the PMC. Note: To determine the integration endpoint, overlay the sample and reference standard curves with the product preparation buffer blank. Extend the overlay curve and determine the integration endpoint by comparing the product preparation buffer blank with the sample and reference standard curves.

10.3分析每份样品进样量和参比标准物进样量以计算主峰、酸性区域和碱性区域的峰面积%。10.3 Analyze the amount of each sample injected and the amount of the reference standard injected to calculate the peak area % of the main peak, acidic region and basic region.

Claims (86)

1.一种用于确定最佳离子交换层析分离条件以分析多种组合物的方法,其中每种组合物包含多肽连同一种或多种污染物,所述方法包括1. A method for determining optimal ion exchange chromatography separation conditions for analyzing a variety of compositions, wherein each composition comprises a polypeptide along with one or more contaminants, the method comprising: a)基于两种或更多种组合物的多肽的氨基酸组成,在选择的温度绘制净电荷对pH曲线,并且a) Based on the amino acid composition of the peptides from two or more compositions, plot the net charge versus pH curve at a selected temperature, and b)通过确定步骤a)的曲线的二阶导数,确定净电荷对pH曲线在中性pH处或其附近的拐点;b) By determining the second derivative of the curve in step a), determine the inflection point of the net charge-to-pH curve at or near neutral pH. 其中最佳离子交换层析分离条件是在一种或多种组合物的多肽的大约共同拐点处的pH。The optimal ion exchange chromatography separation conditions are the pH values at approximately the common inflection point of the polypeptides in one or more compositions. 2.根据权利要求1所述的方法,其中如果净电荷在拐点处为正,则阳离子交换材料用于离子交换层析。2. The method according to claim 1, wherein if the net charge is positive at the inflection point, the cation exchange material is used for ion exchange chromatography. 3.根据权利要求2所述的方法,其中阳离子交换层析材料是磺化层析材料或羧化层析材料。3. The method according to claim 2, wherein the cation exchange chromatography material is a sulfonated chromatography material or a carboxylated chromatography material. 4.根据权利要求1所述的方法,其中如果净电荷在拐点处为负,则阴离子交换材料用于层析。4. The method according to claim 1, wherein if the net charge is negative at the inflection point, the anion exchange material is used for chromatography. 5.根据权利要求4所述的方法,其中阴离子交换层析材料是季胺层析材料或叔胺层析材料。5. The method according to claim 4, wherein the anion exchange chromatography material is a quaternary ammonium chromatography material or a tertiary ammonium chromatography material. 6.根据权利要求1所述的方法,其中混合模式层析材料用于层析。6. The method of claim 1, wherein the mixed-mode chromatography material is used for chromatography. 7.根据权利要求6所述的方法,其中混合模式离子交换材料是依次装填的磺化层析材料或羧化层析材料和季胺层析材料或叔胺层析材料的混合物。7. The method according to claim 6, wherein the mixed-mode ion exchange material is a mixture of sulfonated or carboxylated chromatographic material and quaternary or tertiary amine chromatographic material packed sequentially. 8.根据权利要求1-7中任一项所述的方法,还包括8. The method according to any one of claims 1-7, further comprising: c)对于两种或更多种组合物的多肽,确定净电荷对pH曲线的拐点pH随温度变化的变化(dIP/dT),c) For peptides composed of two or more components, determine the inflection point of the net charge-to-pH curve and the change in pH as a function of temperature (dIP/dT). d)选择用于层析的缓冲剂,其中缓冲剂的酸解离常数随温度变化的变化(dpKa/dT)基本上与多肽的dIP/dT相同。d) Select a buffer for chromatography in which the acid dissociation constant of the buffer changes with temperature (dpKa/dT) in a manner that is substantially the same as that of the peptide (dIP/dT). 9.根据权利要求8所述的方法,其中缓冲剂在拐点pH提供有效缓冲容量。9. The method of claim 8, wherein the buffer provides effective buffering capacity at the inflection point pH. 10.根据权利要求1-7中任一项所述的方法,其中一种或多种组合物的多肽的dIP/dT是约-0.02pH单位。10. The method according to any one of claims 1-7, wherein the dIP/dT of the polypeptide of one or more compositions is about -0.02 pH units. 11.根据权利要求1-7中任一项所述的方法,其中温度变化是从约20℃至约70℃。11. The method according to any one of claims 1-7, wherein the temperature change is from about 20°C to about 70°C. 12.根据权利要求1-7中任一项所述的方法,其中温度变化是从约20℃至约50℃。12. The method according to any one of claims 1-7, wherein the temperature change is from about 20°C to about 50°C. 13.根据权利要求1-7中任一项所述的方法,其中dpKa/dT=dIP/dT±50%。13. The method according to any one of claims 1-7, wherein dpKa/dT = dIP/dT ± 50%. 14.根据权利要求1-7中任一项所述的方法,其中多肽在步骤d)中选出的缓冲剂内的净电荷在30℃以上变动小于0.5。14. The method according to any one of claims 1-7, wherein the net charge in the buffer selected by the polypeptide in step d) varies by less than 0.5 above 30°C. 15.根据权利要求1-7中任一项所述的方法,其中步骤d)中选出的缓冲剂以范围从约5mM至约250mM的浓度用于层析中。15. The method according to any one of claims 1-7, wherein the buffer selected in step d) is used in the chromatography at a concentration ranging from about 5 mM to about 250 mM. 16.根据权利要求1-7中任一项所述的方法,其中缓冲剂组成还包含盐。16. The method according to any one of claims 1-7, wherein the buffer composition further comprises salt. 17.根据权利要求16所述的方法,其中盐是NaCl、KCl、(NH4)2SO4或Na2SO417. The method according to claim 16, wherein the salt is NaCl, KCl, ( NH4 ) 2SO4 or Na2SO4 . 18.根据权利要求17所述的方法,其中盐的浓度是从约1mM至约1M。18. The method of claim 17, wherein the concentration of the salt is from about 1 mM to about 1 M. 19.根据权利要求1-7中任一项所述的方法,其中多肽是抗体或免疫黏附素或其片段。19. The method according to any one of claims 1-7, wherein the polypeptide is an antibody or an immunoadhesin or a fragment thereof. 20.根据权利要求1-7中任一项所述的方法,其中多肽是单克隆抗体或其片段。20. The method according to any one of claims 1-7, wherein the polypeptide is a monoclonal antibody or a fragment thereof. 21.根据权利要求19所述的方法,其中抗体是人抗体。21. The method of claim 19, wherein the antibody is a human antibody. 22.根据权利要求19所述的方法,其中抗体是人源化抗体。22. The method of claim 19, wherein the antibody is a humanized antibody. 23.根据权利要求19所述的方法,其中抗体是嵌合抗体。23. The method of claim 19, wherein the antibody is a chimeric antibody. 24.根据权利要求19所述的方法,其中抗体是抗体片段。24. The method of claim 19, wherein the antibody is an antibody fragment. 25.根据权利要求1-7中任一项所述的方法,其中污染物是多肽的变体。25. The method according to any one of claims 1-7, wherein the contaminant is a variant of a polypeptide. 26.根据权利要求1-7中任一项所述的方法,其中污染物是多肽的降解产物。26. The method according to any one of claims 1-7, wherein the contaminant is a degradation product of the polypeptide. 27.根据权利要求1-7中任一项所述的方法,其中污染物是多肽的电荷变体。27. The method according to any one of claims 1-7, wherein the contaminant is a charge variant of the polypeptide. 28.一种用于确定最佳离子交换层析分离条件以分析包含多肽连同一种或多种污染物的组合物的方法,包括28. A method for determining optimal ion exchange chromatography separation conditions for analyzing compositions comprising peptides along with one or more contaminants, comprising: a)基于多肽的氨基酸组成,在选择的温度绘制净电荷对pH曲线,并且a) Based on the amino acid composition of the peptide, plot the net charge versus pH curve at a selected temperature, and b)通过确定步骤a)的曲线的二阶导数,确定净电荷对pH曲线在中性pH处或其附近的拐点;b) By determining the second derivative of the curve in step a), determine the inflection point of the net charge-to-pH curve at or near neutral pH. 其中最佳离子交换层析分离条件是在多肽的大约拐点处的pH。The optimal ion exchange chromatography separation conditions are the pH values around the inflection point of the peptide. 29.根据权利要求28所述的方法,其中如果净电荷在拐点处为正,则阳离子交换材料用于离子交换层析。29. The method of claim 28, wherein if the net charge is positive at the inflection point, the cation exchange material is used for ion exchange chromatography. 30.根据权利要求29所述的方法,其中阳离子交换层析材料是磺化层析材料或羧化层析材料。30. The method of claim 29, wherein the cation exchange chromatography material is a sulfonated chromatography material or a carboxylated chromatography material. 31.根据权利要求28所述的方法,其中如果净电荷在拐点处为负,则阴离子交换材料用于层析。31. The method of claim 28, wherein if the net charge is negative at the inflection point, the anion exchange material is used for chromatography. 32.根据权利要求31所述的方法,其中阴离子交换层析材料是季胺层析材料或叔胺层析材料。32. The method according to claim 31, wherein the anion exchange chromatography material is a quaternary ammonium chromatography material or a tertiary ammonium chromatography material. 33.根据权利要求28所述的方法,其中混合模式层析材料用于层析。33. The method of claim 28, wherein the mixed-mode chromatography material is used for chromatography. 34.根据权利要求33所述的方法,其中混合模式离子交换材料是依次装填的磺化层析材料或羧化层析材料和季胺层析材料或叔胺层析材料的混合物。34. The method of claim 33, wherein the mixed-mode ion exchange material is a mixture of sulfonated or carboxylated chromatographic material and quaternary or tertiary amine chromatographic material packed sequentially. 35.根据权利要求28-34中任一项所述的方法,还包括35. The method according to any one of claims 28-34, further comprising: c)对于多肽,确定净电荷对pH曲线的拐点pH随温度变化的变化(dIP/dT),c) For peptides, determine the inflection point of the net charge-to-pH curve and the change in pH with temperature (dIP/dT). d)选择用于层析的缓冲剂,其中缓冲剂的酸解离常数随温度变化的变化(dpKa/dT)基本上与多肽的dIP/dT相同。d) Select a buffer for chromatography in which the acid dissociation constant of the buffer changes with temperature (dpKa/dT) in a manner that is substantially the same as that of the peptide (dIP/dT). 36.根据权利要求35所述的方法,其中缓冲剂在拐点pH提供有效缓冲容量。36. The method of claim 35, wherein the buffer provides effective buffering capacity at the inflection point pH. 37.根据权利要求28-34中任一项所述的方法,其中一种或多种组合物的多肽的dIP/dT是约-0.02pH单位。37. The method according to any one of claims 28-34, wherein the dIP/dT of the polypeptide of one or more compositions is about -0.02 pH units. 38.根据权利要求28-34中任一项所述的方法,其中温度变化是从约20℃至约70℃。38. The method according to any one of claims 28-34, wherein the temperature change is from about 20°C to about 70°C. 39.根据权利要求28-34中任一项所述的方法,其中温度变化是从约20℃至约50℃。39. The method according to any one of claims 28-34, wherein the temperature change is from about 20°C to about 50°C. 40.根据权利要求28-34中任一项所述的方法,其中dIP/dT=dpKa/dT±50%。40. The method according to any one of claims 28-34, wherein dIP/dT = dpKa/dT ± 50%. 41.根据权利要求28-34中任一项所述的方法,其中多肽在步骤d)中选出的缓冲剂内的净电荷在30℃以上变动小于0.5。41. The method according to any one of claims 28-34, wherein the net charge in the buffer selected by the polypeptide in step d) varies by less than 0.5 above 30°C. 42.根据权利要求28-34中任一项所述的方法,其中步骤d)中选出的缓冲剂以范围从约5mM至约50mM的浓度用于层析中。42. The method according to any one of claims 28-34, wherein the buffer selected in step d) is used in the chromatography at a concentration ranging from about 5 mM to about 50 mM. 43.根据权利要求28-34中任一项所述的方法,其中缓冲剂组成还包含盐。43. The method according to any one of claims 28-34, wherein the buffer composition further comprises salt. 44.根据权利要求43所述的方法,其中盐是NaCl、KCl、(NH4)2SO4或Na2SO444. The method according to claim 43, wherein the salt is NaCl, KCl, ( NH4 ) 2SO4 or Na2SO4 . 45.根据权利要求44所述的方法,其中盐的浓度是从约10mM至约1M。45. The method of claim 44, wherein the concentration of the salt is from about 10 mM to about 1 M. 46.根据权利要求28-34中任一项所述的方法,其中多肽是抗体或免疫黏附素或其片段。46. The method according to any one of claims 28-34, wherein the polypeptide is an antibody or an immunoadhesin or a fragment thereof. 47.根据权利要求28-34中任一项所述的方法,其中多肽是单克隆抗体或其片段。47. The method according to any one of claims 28-34, wherein the polypeptide is a monoclonal antibody or a fragment thereof. 48.根据权利要求46所述的方法,其中抗体是人抗体。48. The method of claim 46, wherein the antibody is a human antibody. 49.根据权利要求46所述的方法,其中抗体是人源化抗体。49. The method of claim 46, wherein the antibody is a humanized antibody. 50.根据权利要求46所述的方法,其中抗体是嵌合抗体。50. The method of claim 46, wherein the antibody is a chimeric antibody. 51.根据权利要求28-34中任一项所述的方法,其中抗体是抗体片段。51. The method according to any one of claims 28-34, wherein the antibody is an antibody fragment. 52.根据权利要求28-34中任一项所述的方法,其中污染物是多肽的变体。52. The method according to any one of claims 28-34, wherein the contaminant is a variant of a polypeptide. 53.根据权利要求28-34中任一项所述的方法,其中污染物是多肽的降解产物。53. The method according to any one of claims 28-34, wherein the contaminant is a degradation product of the polypeptide. 54.根据权利要求28-34中任一项所述的方法,其中污染物是多肽的电荷变体。54. The method according to any one of claims 28-34, wherein the contaminant is a charge variant of the polypeptide. 55.一种用于分析组合物的方法,其中组合物包含多肽和一种或多种污染物,其中所述方法有效地将多肽与污染物分离,所述方法包括55. A method for analyzing a composition, wherein the composition comprises a polypeptide and one or more contaminants, wherein the method effectively separates the polypeptide from the contaminants, the method comprising: a)根据权利要求1所述方法确定多种组合物的最佳pH和温度离子交换分离条件,每种组合物包含靶多肽和一种或多种污染物,a) Determine the optimal pH and temperature ion exchange separation conditions for a variety of compositions, each composition comprising a target peptide and one or more contaminants, using the method described in claim 1. b)使用上样缓冲液,使来自组合物的多肽和一种或多种污染物与离子交换层析材料结合,其中上样缓冲液包含通过权利要求8-15中任一项所述的方法确定的缓冲剂;b) Using a loading buffer to bind peptides and one or more contaminants from the composition to an ion exchange chromatography material, wherein the loading buffer contains a buffer determined by the method of any one of claims 8-15; c)使用洗脱缓冲液的梯度,从离子交换层析材料洗脱多肽和一种或多种污染物,其中洗脱缓冲液包含缓冲剂和盐,其中盐的浓度随时间推移在梯度中增加,其中多肽和一种或多种污染物由梯度分离;并且c) Using a gradient of elution buffer, peptides and one or more contaminants are eluted from ion-exchange chromatography material, wherein the elution buffer contains a buffer and a salt, wherein the salt concentration increases over time in the gradient, and wherein the peptides and one or more contaminants are separated by the gradient; and d)检测多肽和一种或多种污染物。d) Detect peptides and one or more contaminants. 56.一种用于分析组合物的方法,所述组合物包含多肽和一种或多种污染物,其中所述方法有效地将多肽与污染物分离,所述方法包括56. A method for analyzing a composition comprising a polypeptide and one or more contaminants, wherein the method effectively separates the polypeptide from the contaminants, the method comprising: a)使用上样缓冲液,使多肽和一种或多种污染物与离子交换层析材料结合,其中上样缓冲液包含缓冲剂,并且其中层析的pH和温度已经通过下方式针对多种目标多肽优化a) Using a loading buffer, peptides and one or more contaminants are bound to ion-exchange chromatography material, wherein the loading buffer contains a buffering agent, and the pH and temperature of the chromatography have been optimized for multiple target peptides in the following manner. i)在选择的温度绘制净电荷对pH曲线,其中曲线基于两种或更多种靶多肽的多肽的氨基酸组成,并且i) Plot a net charge-to-pH curve at a selected temperature, where the curve is based on the amino acid composition of the peptides for two or more target peptides, and ii)通过确定步骤i)的曲线的二阶导数,确定净电荷对pH曲线的拐点;ii) Determine the inflection point of the net charge versus pH curve by determining the second derivative of the curve from step i). 其中最佳离子交换层析条件是在两种或更多种靶多肽的共同拐点处的pH,The optimal ion exchange chromatography conditions are the pH values at the common inflection point of two or more target peptides. b)使用洗脱缓冲液的梯度,从离子交换层析材料洗脱多肽和一种或多种污染物,其中洗脱缓冲液包含缓冲剂和盐,b) Using a gradient of elution buffer, peptides and one or more contaminants are eluted from ion-exchange chromatography material, wherein the elution buffer contains buffer and salt. 其中多肽和一种或多种污染物由梯度分离;并且In this process, peptides and one or more contaminants are separated by a gradient; and c)检测多肽和一种或多种污染物。c) Detection of peptides and one or more contaminants. 57.根据权利要求56所述的方法,其中选择的温度是环境温度。57. The method of claim 56, wherein the selected temperature is the ambient temperature. 58.根据权利要求56或57所述的方法,其中通过以下方式确定缓冲剂58. The method of claim 56 or 57, wherein the buffer is determined by: a)对于两种或更多种靶多肽,确定净电荷对pH曲线的拐点pH随温度变化的变化(dIP/dT),a) For two or more target peptides, determine the inflection point of the net charge-to-pH curve and the change in pH with temperature (dIP/dT). b)选择缓冲剂,所述缓冲液的酸解离常数随温度变化的变化(dpKa/dT)基本上与具有共同拐点的一种或多种靶多肽的dIP/dT相同。b) Select a buffer in which the acid dissociation constant (dpKa/dT) changes with temperature substantially the same as the dIP/dT of one or more target peptides having a common inflection point. 59.根据权利要求58所述的方法,其中缓冲剂在拐点pH提供有效缓冲容量。59. The method of claim 58, wherein the buffer provides effective buffering capacity at the inflection point pH. 60.一种用于分析组合物的方法,所述组合物包含多肽和一种或多种污染物,其中所述方法有效地将多肽与污染物分离,所述方法包括60. A method for analyzing a composition comprising a polypeptide and one or more contaminants, wherein the method effectively separates the polypeptide from the contaminants, the method comprising: a)根据权利要求1所述方法确定多种组合物的最佳pH和温度离子交换分离条件,a) Determine the optimal pH and temperature ion exchange separation conditions for various compositions using the method described in claim 1. b)使用上样缓冲液,使多肽和一种或多种污染物与离子交换层析材料结合,其中上样缓冲液包含通过权利要求8-15中任一项所述的方法确定的缓冲剂,并且其中层析的pH和温度已经针对多种目标多肽优化;b) Using a loading buffer to bind peptides and one or more contaminants to an ion-exchange chromatography material, wherein the loading buffer contains a buffer determined by the method of any one of claims 8-15, and wherein the pH and temperature of the chromatography have been optimized for a variety of target peptides; c)使用洗脱缓冲液的梯度,从离子交换层析材料洗脱多肽和一种或多种污染物,其中洗脱缓冲液包含缓冲剂和盐,c) Using a gradient of elution buffer, peptides and one or more contaminants are eluted from ion-exchange chromatography material, wherein the elution buffer contains buffer and salt. 其中多肽和一种或多种污染物由梯度分离;并且In this process, peptides and one or more contaminants are separated by a gradient; and d)检测多肽和一种或多种污染物。d) Detect peptides and one or more contaminants. 61.根据权利要求60所述的方法,其中缓冲剂是N-(2-乙酰氨基)-2-氨基乙磺酸(ACES)或(4-(2-羟乙基)-1-哌嗪乙磺酸(HEPES)。61. The method of claim 60, wherein the buffer is N-(2-acetamido)-2-aminoethanesulfonic acid (ACES) or (4-(2-hydroxyethyl)-1-piperazine ethanesulfonic acid (HEPES). 62.根据权利要求55-61中任一项所述的方法,其中缓冲剂的浓度是从约5mM至约20mM。62. The method according to any one of claims 55-61, wherein the concentration of the buffer is from about 5 mM to about 20 mM. 63.根据权利要求55-61中任一项所述的方法,其中缓冲剂的pH在约20℃至约70℃的温度范围是从约6.5至约8.5。63. The method according to any one of claims 55-61, wherein the pH of the buffer is in the temperature range of about 6.5 to about 8.5 from about 20°C to about 70°C. 64.根据权利要求55-61中任一项所述的方法,其中缓冲剂的pH在约20℃至约50℃的温度范围是从约6.5至约8.5。64. The method according to any one of claims 55-61, wherein the pH of the buffer is in the temperature range of about 6.5 to about 8.5 from about 20°C to about 50°C. 65.根据权利要求55-61中任一项所述的方法,其中在拐点处缓冲剂和多肽的pH在约22℃是约7.8、在约37℃是约7.5或在约50℃是约7.2。65. The method according to any one of claims 55-61, wherein the pH of the buffer and the peptide at the inflection point is about 7.8 at about 22°C, about 7.5 at about 37°C, or about 7.2 at about 50°C. 66.根据权利要求55-61中任一项所述的方法,其中盐梯度是线性梯度。66. The method according to any one of claims 55-61, wherein the salt gradient is a linear gradient. 67.根据权利要求55-61中任一项所述的方法,其中盐梯度是阶式梯度。67. The method according to any one of claims 55-61, wherein the salt gradient is a step gradient. 68.根据权利要求55-61中任一项所述的方法,其中盐梯度是NaCl梯度、KCl梯度、(NH4)2SO4梯度或Na2SO4梯度。68. The method according to any one of claims 55-61, wherein the salt gradient is a NaCl gradient, a KCl gradient, a ( NH4 ) 2SO4 gradient, or a Na2SO4 gradient . 69.根据权利要求55-61中任一项所述的方法,其中梯度中的盐浓度从约0mM增加至约1M。69. The method according to any one of claims 55-61, wherein the salt concentration in the gradient increases from about 0 mM to about 1 M. 70.根据权利要求69所述的方法,其中盐浓度在约100分钟内从约0mM增加至约100mM。70. The method of claim 69, wherein the salt concentration increases from about 0 mM to about 100 mM over about 100 minutes. 71.根据权利要求69所述的方法,其中盐浓度在约40分钟内从约0mM增加至约80mM。71. The method of claim 69, wherein the salt concentration increases from about 0 mM to about 80 mM over about 40 minutes. 72.根据权利要求55-61中任一项所述的方法,其中多肽是抗体或免疫黏附素或其片段。72. The method according to any one of claims 55-61, wherein the polypeptide is an antibody or an immunoadhesin or a fragment thereof. 73.根据权利要求55-61中任一项所述的方法,其中多肽是单克隆抗体或其片段。73. The method according to any one of claims 55-61, wherein the polypeptide is a monoclonal antibody or a fragment thereof. 74.根据权利要求72所述的方法,其中抗体是人抗体。74. The method of claim 72, wherein the antibody is a human antibody. 75.根据权利要求72所述的方法,其中抗体是人源化抗体。75. The method of claim 72, wherein the antibody is a humanized antibody. 76.根据权利要求72所述的方法,其中抗体是嵌合抗体。76. The method of claim 72, wherein the antibody is a chimeric antibody. 77.根据权利要求72所述的方法,其中抗体是抗体片段。77. The method of claim 72, wherein the antibody is an antibody fragment. 78.根据权利要求55-61中任一项所述的方法,其中污染物是多肽的变体。78. The method according to any one of claims 55-61, wherein the contaminant is a variant of a polypeptide. 79.根据权利要求55-61中任一项所述的方法,其中污染物是多肽的降解产物。79. The method according to any one of claims 55-61, wherein the contaminant is a degradation product of the polypeptide. 80.根据权利要求55-61中任一项所述的方法,其中污染物是多肽的电荷变体。80. The method according to any one of claims 55-61, wherein the contaminant is a charge variant of the polypeptide. 81.根据权利要求55-61中任一项所述的方法,其中层析材料是阳离子交换层析材料。81. The method according to any one of claims 55-61, wherein the chromatographic material is a cation exchange chromatographic material. 82.根据权利要求81所述的方法,其中阳离子交换层析材料是磺化层析材料或羧化层析材料。82. The method according to claim 81, wherein the cation exchange chromatography material is a sulfonated chromatography material or a carboxylated chromatography material. 83.一种用于分析多种多肽组合物的方法,其中每种多肽组合物包含多肽和所述多肽的一种或多种电荷变体,其中所述方法有效地将多肽与其电荷变体分离;83. A method for analyzing multiple polypeptide compositions, wherein each polypeptide composition comprises a polypeptide and one or more charge variants of the polypeptide, wherein the method effectively separates the polypeptide from its charge variants; 对于每种多肽组合物,所述方法包括,For each polypeptide composition, the method includes, a)使用流速约1mL/分钟的上样缓冲液,使多肽和一种或多种电荷变体与离子交换层析材料结合,其中上样缓冲液包含在约pH 7.6在约40℃的10mM HEPES缓冲液;a) Use a loading buffer at a flow rate of approximately 1 mL/min to bind the peptide and one or more charge variants to the ion exchange chromatography material, wherein the loading buffer is contained in a 10 mM HEPES buffer at approximately pH 7.6 at approximately 40 °C. b)使用洗脱缓冲液的梯度,从离子交换层析材料洗脱多肽和电荷变体污染物,其中洗脱缓冲液包含在约pH 7.6的10mM HEPES缓冲剂和NaCl,其中NaCl在梯度中的浓度在约40分钟内从约0mM增加至约80mM,其中多肽及其电荷变体由梯度分离;并且b) Using a gradient of elution buffer, peptides and charge variant contaminants are eluted from ion exchange chromatography material, wherein the elution buffer contains 10 mM HEPES buffer and NaCl at approximately pH 7.6, wherein the concentration of NaCl in the gradient increases from approximately 0 mM to approximately 80 mM over approximately 40 minutes, wherein the peptides and their charge variants are separated by the gradient; and c)检测多肽和一种或多种电荷变体。c) Detect peptides and one or more charge variants. 84.根据权利要求83所述的方法,其中多种多肽组合物包含不同多肽。84. The method of claim 83, wherein the plurality of polypeptide compositions comprises different polypeptides. 85.根据权利要求83或84所述的方法,其中多种多肽组合物包含具有不同pI的多肽。85. The method according to claim 83 or 84, wherein the plurality of polypeptide compositions comprises polypeptides having different pIs. 86.根据权利要求83或84所述的方法,其中多肽组合物是抗体组合物。86. The method according to claim 83 or 84, wherein the polypeptide composition is an antibody composition.
HK16110304.2A 2013-07-12 2014-07-11 Elucidation of ion exchange chromatography input optimization HK1222183B (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (3)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US201361845890P 2013-07-12 2013-07-12
US61/845,890 2013-07-12
PCT/US2014/046338 WO2015006686A1 (en) 2013-07-12 2014-07-11 Elucidation of ion exchange chromatography input optimization

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
HK1222183A1 HK1222183A1 (en) 2017-06-23
HK1222183B true HK1222183B (en) 2021-12-31

Family

ID=

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US10712322B2 (en) Ionic strength-mediated pH gradient ion exchange chromatography
JP6602765B2 (en) Method for chromatographic reuse
AU2022291517B2 (en) Chromatography method for quantifying a non-ionic surfactant in a composition comprising the non-ionic surfactant and a polypeptide
US10921297B2 (en) Elucidation of ion exchange chromatography input optimization
HK1222183B (en) Elucidation of ion exchange chromatography input optimization
HK40087648B (en) Chromatography method for quantifying a non-ionic surfactant in a composition comprising the non-ionic surfactant and a polypeptide
HK40087648A (en) Chromatography method for quantifying a non-ionic surfactant in a composition comprising the non-ionic surfactant and a polypeptide